Top Banner
Published by JH 0564 TV Service Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 15381 © Copyright 2005 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips. Colour Television Chassis L03.2L AA E_14560_000.eps 260204 Contents Page 1. Technical Specifications, Connections and Chassis Overview 2 2. Safety Instructions, Warnings, and Notes 4 3. Directions for Use 5 4. Mechanical Instructions 6 5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding 7 6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms Block Diagram 11 I2C and Supply Voltage Overview 12 Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel 13 7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Diagram PWB Mono Carrier: Power Supply (A1)14 21-24 Mono Carrier: Deflection (A2)15 21-24 Mono Carrier: Tuner IF (A3)16 21-24 Mono Carrier: Video Processing (A4)17 21-24 Mono Carrier: Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder (A5)18 21-24 Mono Carrier: Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing (A6)19 21-24 Mono Carrier: Front I/O + Front Control + Headphone (A7)20 21-24 CRT Panel (B1)25 26 8. Alignments 27 9. Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets34 Abbreviation List 37 10. Spare Parts List 39 11. Revision List 42
42

Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Sep 01, 2014

Download

Technology

Gustavo Tovar

Gustavo Tovar
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Published by JH 0564 TV Service Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 15381

copyCopyright 2005 Philips Consumer Electronics BV Eindhoven The NetherlandsAll rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips

Colour Television Chassis

L032LAA

E_14560_000eps260204

Contents Page1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview 22 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes 43 Directions for Use 54 Mechanical Instructions 65 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding 76 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram 11I2C and Supply Voltage Overview 12Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel 13

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Diagram PWBMono Carrier Power Supply (A1)14 21-24Mono Carrier Deflection (A2)15 21-24Mono Carrier Tuner IF (A3)16 21-24Mono Carrier Video Processing (A4)17 21-24Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder (A5)18 21-24Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing (A6)19 21-24Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone (A7)20 21-24CRT Panel (B1)25 26

8 Alignments 279 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets34

Abbreviation List 3710 Spare Parts List 3911 Revision List 42

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis OverviewEN 2 L032L AA1

1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview

Index of this chapter11 Technical Specifications12 Connection Overview13 Chassis Overview

Note Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to the different set executions

11 Technical Specifications

111 Vision

Display type CRT DV FSQScreen size 14rdquo (37 cm) 43

21rdquo (55 cm) 43Tuning system PLLTV Colour systems NTSC MN 358Video playback NTSC MN 358 443

PAL BGChannel selections 181 presets

Full-Cable

112 Sound

Sound systems FM-mono(3005-models)

BTSC with SAP(3205-models)

Maximum power (WRMS) 1 x 1 (3005-models) 2 x 1 (3205-models)

113 Miscellaneous

Power supply- Mains voltage (VAC) 220-240 (44 models)

105-132 (55 models)

- Mains frequency (Hz) 50 60

Ambient conditions- Temperature range (degC) +5 to +40- Maximum humidity 90 RH

12 Connection Overview

Note The following connector colour abbreviations are used (acc to DINIEC 757) Bk= Black Bu= Blue Gn= Green Gy= Grey Rd= Red Wh= White and Ye= Yellow

121 Front Connections

Figure 1-1 Front connections

Mini Jack Audio Head phone - OutBk - Head phone 8 - 600 ohm lt4 mW

Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - InYe - Video CVBS 1 VPP 75 ohm

Wh - Audio L 02 VRMS 10 kohm Rd - Audio R 02 VRMS 10 kohm

122 Rear Connections

Figure 1-2 Rear connections

FM Ant1 - F type 75 ohm coax

INSTALL MENU POWER

- VOLUME + CHANNEL

IR LEDVIDEOAUDIO L

- VOLUME +CHANNEL

INSTALLMENU

AUDIO R

E_14560_014eps220304

75 Ohm ANT

E_14560_015eps260204

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview EN 3L032L AA 1

13 Chassis Overview

Figure 1-3 Chassis overview

B1

MONOCARRIER

A1

A2

A3

A4

POWER SUPPLY

DEFLECTION

A5

AUDIO AMP + MONO SOUND PROC

TUNER IF

IF VIDEO PROCESSING CONTROLAND SYNC

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL+ HEADPHONE

AUDIO BTSC STEREO DECODER

CRT PANEL

A6

A7

E_14560_013eps240304

Safety Instructions Warnings and NotesEN 4 L032L AA2

2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes

Index of this chapter21 Safety Instructions22 Maintenance Instructions23 Warnings24 Notes

21 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require that during a repairbull Connect the set to the Mains (AC Power) via an isolation

transformer (gt 800 VA)bull Replace safety components indicated by the symbol

only by components identical to the original ones Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard

bull Wear safety goggles when you replace the CRT Safety regulations require that after a repair the set must be returned in its original condition Pay in particular attention to the following points bull General repair instruction as a strict precaution we advise

you to re-solder the solder connections through which the horizontal deflection current is flowing In particular this is valid for the1 Pins of the line output transformer (LOT)2 Fly-back capacitor(s)3 S-correction capacitor(s)4 Line output transistor5 Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil6 Other components through which the deflection current

flows

Note This re-soldering is advised to prevent bad connections due to metal fatigue in solder connections and is therefore only necessary for television sets more than two years oldbull Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure

them with the mounted cable clampsbull Check the insulation of the Mains (AC Power) lead for

external damage bull Check the strain relief of the mains (AC Power) cord for

proper function to prevent the cord from touching the CRT hot components or heat sinks

bull Check the electrical DC resistance between the Mains (AC Power) plug and the secondary side (only for sets which have a Mains (AC Power) isolated power supply) 1 Unplug the Mains (AC Power) cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the Mains (AC Power) plug 2 Set the Mains (AC Power) switch to the on position

(keep the Mains (AC Power) cord unplugged) 3 Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

Mains (AC Power) plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set The reading should be between 45 Mohm and 12 Mohm

4 Switch off the set and remove the wire between the two pins of the Mains (AC Power) plug

bull Check the cabinet for defects to avoid touching of any inner parts by the customer

22 Maintenance Instructions

We recommend a maintenance inspection carried out by qualified service personnel The interval depends on the usage conditionsbull When a customer uses the set under normal

circumstances for example in a living room the recommended interval is three to five years

bull When a customer uses the set in an environment with higher dust grease or moisture levels for example in a kitchen the recommended interval is one year

bull The maintenance inspection includes the following actions

1 Perform the ldquogeneral repair instructionrdquo noted above2 Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on the

chassis3 Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the picture

tube

23 Warnings

bull In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors avoid all high voltage flashovers In order to prevent damage to the picture tube use the method shown in figure ldquoDischarge picture tuberdquo to discharge the picture tube Use a high voltage probe and a multi-meter (position VDC) Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V (after approx 30 s)

Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube

bull All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD ) Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically Make sure that during repair you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance Keep components and tools also at this same potential Available ESD protection equipment ndash Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat wristband

connection box extension cable and earth cable) 4822 310 10671

ndash Wristband tester 4822 344 13999 bull Be careful during measurements in the high voltage

section bull Never replace modules or other components while the unit

is switched on bull When you align the set use plastic rather than metal tools

This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable

24 Notes

241 General

bull Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground () or hot ground () depending on the tested area of circuitry The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a colour bar signal and stereo sound (L 3 kHz R 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 47525 MHz for PAL or 6125 MHz for NTSC (channel 3)

bull Where necessary measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation () and in stand-by () These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols

bull The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in the parts lists are interchangeable per position with the

V

E_06532_007eps250304

Directions for Use EN 5L032L AA 3

semiconductors in the unit irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors

242 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kohm)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an E or an R (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 ohm)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (micro= x10-6) nano-farads (n= x10-9) or pico-farads (p= x10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An asterisk () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

243 Lead Free Solder

Philips CE is going to produce lead-free sets (PBF) from 112005 onwards

Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo

This sign normally has a diameter of 6 mm but if there is less space on a board also 3 mm is possible Regardless of this logo (is not always present) one must treat all sets from this date onwards according to the following rules

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be able

ndash To reach at least a solder-tip temperature of 400degCndash To stabilise the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilised at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will rise drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If not to avoid clean carefully the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

bull Use only original spare-parts listed in the Service-Manuals Not listed standard material (commodities) has to be purchased at external companies

bull For sets produced before 112005 containing leaded soldering tin and components all needed spare parts will be available till the end of the service period For the repair of such sets nothing changes

In case of doubt whether the board is lead-free or not (or with mixed technologies) you can use the following methodbull Always use the highest temperature to solder when using

SAC305 (see also instructions below)bull De-solder thoroughly (clean solder joints to avoid mix of

two alloys)Caution For BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the Magazine chapter Workshop informationFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

244 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

Pb

Mechanical InstructionsEN 6 L032L AA4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Rear Cover Removal42 Service Position Main Panel43 Rear Cover Mounting

41 Rear Cover Removal

1 Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover 2 Now pull the rear cover in backward direction to remove it

42 Service Position Main Panel

1 Disconnect the strain relief of the AC power cord2 Remove the main panel by pushing the two center clips

outward [1] At the same time pull the panel away from the CRT [2]

3 If necessary disconnect the degaussing coil by removing the cable from the (red) connector 1512

4 Move the panel somewhat to the left and flip it 90 degrees [3] with the components towards the CRT

Figure 4-1 Service Position

43 Rear Cover Mounting

Before you mount the rear cover perform the following checks1 Check whether the mains cord is mounted correctly in its

guiding brackets2 Re-place the strain relief of the AC power cord into the

cabinet3 Check whether all cables are replaced in their original

position

A

B

1

CL 16532016_006eps220501

2

1

3

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 7L032L AA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Modes53 Problems and Solving Tips54 ComPair55 Error Codes56 The Blinking LED Procedure57 Protections58 Repair Tips

51 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx On the PCB test points are specifically mentioned in the service manual as ldquohalf moonsrdquo with a dot in the center

Perform measurements under the following conditionsbull Service Default Alignment Modebull Video color bar signalbull Audio 3 kHz left 1 kHz right

52 Service Modes

Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) offers several features for the service technician

There is also the option of using ComPair a hardware interface between a computer (see requirements below) and the TV chassis It offers the ability of structured trouble shooting test pattern generation error code reading software version readout and software upgrading Minimum Requirements a Pentium Processor Windows 9598 and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph ldquoComPairrdquo)

Table 5-1 SW Cluster

521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)

Purposebull To change option settingsbull To create a predefined setting to get the same

measurement results as given in this manualbull To display clear the error code buffer bull To override SW protectionsbull To perform alignmentsbull To start the blinking LED procedure

Specifications

Table 5-2 SDM default settings

bull All picture settings at 50 (brightness color contrast hue)

bull Bass treble and balance at 50 volume at 25 bull All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled like

ndash (Sleep) timer ndash Childparental lock ndash Blue mute ndash Hotelhospitality modendash Auto switch-off (when no ldquoIDENTrdquo video signal is

received for 15 minutes)ndash Skip blank of non-favorite presets channelsndash Auto store of personal presetsndash Auto user menu time-out

bull Operation hours counterbull Software versionbull Option settingsbull Error buffer reading and erasingbull Software alignments

How to enter SDAMUse one of the following methodsbull Use a standard customer RC-transmitter and key in the

code 062596 directly followed by the ldquoMrdquo (menu) button orbull Short jumper wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 on the mono

carrier (see Fig 8-1) and apply AC power Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up)Caution Entering SDAM by shortening wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 will override the +8V-protection Do this only for a short period When doing this the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing as it could lead to damaging the set

bull Or via ComPair After entering SDAM the following screen is visible with S at the upper right side for recognition

Figure 5-1 SDAM menu

bull LLLL This is the operation hours counter It counts the normal operation hours not the standby hours

bull AAABCD-XY This is the software identification of the main micro controller ndash A = the project name (L03)ndash B = the region E= Europe A= Asia Pacific U= NAFTA

L= LATAMndash C = the feature of software diversity N = stereo non-

DBX S = stereo dBx M = mono D = DVD ndash D = the language cluster numberndash X = the main software version numberndash Y = the sub software version number

bull S Indication of the actual mode S= SDAM= Service Default Alignment mode

bull Error buffers Five errors possiblebull Option bytes Seven codes possible

SW Cluster

Software name UOC type

UOC Diversity

Special Features

L3SUM1 L03UM1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Mono

L3SUN1 L03UN1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Stereo (non DBX)

Abbreviations in Software name U = Nafta M = Mono N = Stereo

Region Freq (MHz)Default system

Europe AP-PALMulti 47525 PAL BG

NAFTA AP-NTSC LATAM 6125 (ch 3) NTSC M

13 13

13

13

13

CL 36532044_033eps130603

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 8 L032L AA5

bull Clear Erase the contents of the error buffer Select the CLEAR menu item and press the CURSOR RIGHT key The content of the error buffer is cleared

bull Options To set the Option Bytes See chapter 831 for a detailed description

bull AKB Disable (0) or enable (1) the ldquoblack current looprdquo (AKB = Auto Kine Bias)

bull Tuner To align the Tuner See chapter 832 for a detailed description

bull White Tone To align the White Tone See chapter 833 for a detailed description

bull Geometry To align the set geometry See chapter 834 for a detailed description

bull Audio Use default value (Stereo set only) align when necessary See chapter 83x for a detailed description

How to navigatebull In SDAM select menu items with the CURSOR UPDOWN

key on the remote control transmitter The selected item will be highlighted When not all menu items fit on the screen move the CURSOR UPDOWN key to display the next previous menu items

bull With the CURSOR LEFTRIGHT keys it is possible tondash Activate the selected menu itemndash Change the value of the selected menu itemndash Activate the selected submenu

bull When you press the MENU button twice the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SDAM mode still active in the background) To return to the SDAM menu press the OSD STATUS button

bull When you press the MENU key in a submenu you will return to the previous menu

How to store settingsTo store settings leave the SDAM mode with the Standby button on the remote

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control (if you switch the set off by removing the AC power the set will return in SDAM when AC power is re-applied) The error buffer is not cleared

53 Problems and Solving Tips

531 Picture Problems

Note Below described problems are all related to the TV settings The procedures to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described

No colors noise in picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Colors not correct unstable picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Picture too dark or too brightIncrease decrease the BRIGHTNESS and or the CONTRAST value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control bull The picture improves after you have switched on the

Customer Service ModeThe new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

White line around picture elements and textDecrease the SHARPNESS value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Snowy picturebull No or bad antenna signal Connect a proper antenna

signalbull Antenna not connected Connect the antennabull No channel pre-set is stored at this program number Go

to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number

bull The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will contain error number 10) Check the tuner and replace repair if necessary

Snowy picture andor unstable picturebull A scrambled or decoded signal is received

Black and white pictureIncrease the COLOR value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Menu text not sharp enoughDecrease the CONTRAST value whenThe picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

532 Sound Problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)Increase decrease the VOLUME level Press the Smart Sound button repeatedly to access 4 different types of sound settings and choose your desired setting

54 ComPair

541 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control) which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics ComPair has three big advantagesbull ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures

bull ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

bull ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away

542 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable In this chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 9L032L AA 5

connector (located on the Main panel (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments) The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two waysbull Automatic (by communication with the television)

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer Diagnosis is done on I2C level ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television In this way it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set

bull Manually (by asking questions to you) Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extent When this is not the case ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (eg Does the screen give a picture Click on the correct answer YES NO) and showing you examples (eg Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope) You can answer by clicking on a link (eg text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question answer procedure ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way Besides fault finding ComPair provides some additional features likebull Up- or downloading of pre-setsbull Managing of pre-set listsbull Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST)bull If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink Example Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (SchematicPanel) at the Mono-carrier ndash Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568 ndash Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor

543 How to Connect ComPair

1 First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions)

2 Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ldquoPCrdquo) of the ComPair interface

3 Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ldquoPOWER 9V DCrdquo) on the ComPair interface

4 Switch the ComPair interface OFF5 Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power)6 Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ldquoI2Crdquo) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments)

7 Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface The green and red LEDs light up together The red LED extinguishes after approx 1 second while the green LED remains lit

8 Start the ComPair program and read the ldquointroductionrdquo chapter

Figure 5-2 ComPair connection

544 How to Order

ComPair order codes (EUAPLATAM)bull Starter kit ComPair32SearchMan32 software and

ComPair interface (excl transformer) 3122 785 90450bull ComPair interface (excl transformer) 4822 727 21631bull Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version) 3122

785 60040bull Starter kit SearchMan32 software 3122 785 60050bull ComPair32 CD (update) 3122 785 60070 (year 2002)

3122 785 60110 (year 2003 onwards)bull SearchMan32 CD (update) 3122 785 60080 (year 2002)

3122 785 60120 (year 2003) 3122 785 60130 (year 2004)bull ComPair firmware upgrade IC 3122 785 90510bull Transformer (non-UK) 4822 727 21632bull Transformer UK 4822 727 21633bull ComPair interface cable 3122 785 90004bull ComPair interface extension cable 3139 131 03791

545 Error Buffer

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

546 How To Read the Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 waysbull On screen via the SDAM (only if you have a picture)

Examplesndash ERROR 0 0 0 0 0 No errors detectedndash ERROR 6 0 0 0 0 Error code 6 is the last and only

detected errorndash ERROR 9 6 0 0 0 Error code 6 was first detected and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) errorbull Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture) See next paragraphbull Via ComPair

547 How to Clear the Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following casesbull By activation of the CLEAR command in the SDAM menubull If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours it resets automatically

NoteWhen leaving SDAM by disconnecting the set from AC power the error buffer is not reset

E_06532_008eps180804

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 2: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis OverviewEN 2 L032L AA1

1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview

Index of this chapter11 Technical Specifications12 Connection Overview13 Chassis Overview

Note Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to the different set executions

11 Technical Specifications

111 Vision

Display type CRT DV FSQScreen size 14rdquo (37 cm) 43

21rdquo (55 cm) 43Tuning system PLLTV Colour systems NTSC MN 358Video playback NTSC MN 358 443

PAL BGChannel selections 181 presets

Full-Cable

112 Sound

Sound systems FM-mono(3005-models)

BTSC with SAP(3205-models)

Maximum power (WRMS) 1 x 1 (3005-models) 2 x 1 (3205-models)

113 Miscellaneous

Power supply- Mains voltage (VAC) 220-240 (44 models)

105-132 (55 models)

- Mains frequency (Hz) 50 60

Ambient conditions- Temperature range (degC) +5 to +40- Maximum humidity 90 RH

12 Connection Overview

Note The following connector colour abbreviations are used (acc to DINIEC 757) Bk= Black Bu= Blue Gn= Green Gy= Grey Rd= Red Wh= White and Ye= Yellow

121 Front Connections

Figure 1-1 Front connections

Mini Jack Audio Head phone - OutBk - Head phone 8 - 600 ohm lt4 mW

Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - InYe - Video CVBS 1 VPP 75 ohm

Wh - Audio L 02 VRMS 10 kohm Rd - Audio R 02 VRMS 10 kohm

122 Rear Connections

Figure 1-2 Rear connections

FM Ant1 - F type 75 ohm coax

INSTALL MENU POWER

- VOLUME + CHANNEL

IR LEDVIDEOAUDIO L

- VOLUME +CHANNEL

INSTALLMENU

AUDIO R

E_14560_014eps220304

75 Ohm ANT

E_14560_015eps260204

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview EN 3L032L AA 1

13 Chassis Overview

Figure 1-3 Chassis overview

B1

MONOCARRIER

A1

A2

A3

A4

POWER SUPPLY

DEFLECTION

A5

AUDIO AMP + MONO SOUND PROC

TUNER IF

IF VIDEO PROCESSING CONTROLAND SYNC

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL+ HEADPHONE

AUDIO BTSC STEREO DECODER

CRT PANEL

A6

A7

E_14560_013eps240304

Safety Instructions Warnings and NotesEN 4 L032L AA2

2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes

Index of this chapter21 Safety Instructions22 Maintenance Instructions23 Warnings24 Notes

21 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require that during a repairbull Connect the set to the Mains (AC Power) via an isolation

transformer (gt 800 VA)bull Replace safety components indicated by the symbol

only by components identical to the original ones Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard

bull Wear safety goggles when you replace the CRT Safety regulations require that after a repair the set must be returned in its original condition Pay in particular attention to the following points bull General repair instruction as a strict precaution we advise

you to re-solder the solder connections through which the horizontal deflection current is flowing In particular this is valid for the1 Pins of the line output transformer (LOT)2 Fly-back capacitor(s)3 S-correction capacitor(s)4 Line output transistor5 Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil6 Other components through which the deflection current

flows

Note This re-soldering is advised to prevent bad connections due to metal fatigue in solder connections and is therefore only necessary for television sets more than two years oldbull Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure

them with the mounted cable clampsbull Check the insulation of the Mains (AC Power) lead for

external damage bull Check the strain relief of the mains (AC Power) cord for

proper function to prevent the cord from touching the CRT hot components or heat sinks

bull Check the electrical DC resistance between the Mains (AC Power) plug and the secondary side (only for sets which have a Mains (AC Power) isolated power supply) 1 Unplug the Mains (AC Power) cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the Mains (AC Power) plug 2 Set the Mains (AC Power) switch to the on position

(keep the Mains (AC Power) cord unplugged) 3 Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

Mains (AC Power) plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set The reading should be between 45 Mohm and 12 Mohm

4 Switch off the set and remove the wire between the two pins of the Mains (AC Power) plug

bull Check the cabinet for defects to avoid touching of any inner parts by the customer

22 Maintenance Instructions

We recommend a maintenance inspection carried out by qualified service personnel The interval depends on the usage conditionsbull When a customer uses the set under normal

circumstances for example in a living room the recommended interval is three to five years

bull When a customer uses the set in an environment with higher dust grease or moisture levels for example in a kitchen the recommended interval is one year

bull The maintenance inspection includes the following actions

1 Perform the ldquogeneral repair instructionrdquo noted above2 Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on the

chassis3 Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the picture

tube

23 Warnings

bull In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors avoid all high voltage flashovers In order to prevent damage to the picture tube use the method shown in figure ldquoDischarge picture tuberdquo to discharge the picture tube Use a high voltage probe and a multi-meter (position VDC) Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V (after approx 30 s)

Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube

bull All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD ) Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically Make sure that during repair you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance Keep components and tools also at this same potential Available ESD protection equipment ndash Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat wristband

connection box extension cable and earth cable) 4822 310 10671

ndash Wristband tester 4822 344 13999 bull Be careful during measurements in the high voltage

section bull Never replace modules or other components while the unit

is switched on bull When you align the set use plastic rather than metal tools

This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable

24 Notes

241 General

bull Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground () or hot ground () depending on the tested area of circuitry The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a colour bar signal and stereo sound (L 3 kHz R 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 47525 MHz for PAL or 6125 MHz for NTSC (channel 3)

bull Where necessary measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation () and in stand-by () These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols

bull The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in the parts lists are interchangeable per position with the

V

E_06532_007eps250304

Directions for Use EN 5L032L AA 3

semiconductors in the unit irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors

242 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kohm)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an E or an R (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 ohm)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (micro= x10-6) nano-farads (n= x10-9) or pico-farads (p= x10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An asterisk () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

243 Lead Free Solder

Philips CE is going to produce lead-free sets (PBF) from 112005 onwards

Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo

This sign normally has a diameter of 6 mm but if there is less space on a board also 3 mm is possible Regardless of this logo (is not always present) one must treat all sets from this date onwards according to the following rules

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be able

ndash To reach at least a solder-tip temperature of 400degCndash To stabilise the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilised at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will rise drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If not to avoid clean carefully the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

bull Use only original spare-parts listed in the Service-Manuals Not listed standard material (commodities) has to be purchased at external companies

bull For sets produced before 112005 containing leaded soldering tin and components all needed spare parts will be available till the end of the service period For the repair of such sets nothing changes

In case of doubt whether the board is lead-free or not (or with mixed technologies) you can use the following methodbull Always use the highest temperature to solder when using

SAC305 (see also instructions below)bull De-solder thoroughly (clean solder joints to avoid mix of

two alloys)Caution For BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the Magazine chapter Workshop informationFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

244 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

Pb

Mechanical InstructionsEN 6 L032L AA4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Rear Cover Removal42 Service Position Main Panel43 Rear Cover Mounting

41 Rear Cover Removal

1 Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover 2 Now pull the rear cover in backward direction to remove it

42 Service Position Main Panel

1 Disconnect the strain relief of the AC power cord2 Remove the main panel by pushing the two center clips

outward [1] At the same time pull the panel away from the CRT [2]

3 If necessary disconnect the degaussing coil by removing the cable from the (red) connector 1512

4 Move the panel somewhat to the left and flip it 90 degrees [3] with the components towards the CRT

Figure 4-1 Service Position

43 Rear Cover Mounting

Before you mount the rear cover perform the following checks1 Check whether the mains cord is mounted correctly in its

guiding brackets2 Re-place the strain relief of the AC power cord into the

cabinet3 Check whether all cables are replaced in their original

position

A

B

1

CL 16532016_006eps220501

2

1

3

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 7L032L AA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Modes53 Problems and Solving Tips54 ComPair55 Error Codes56 The Blinking LED Procedure57 Protections58 Repair Tips

51 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx On the PCB test points are specifically mentioned in the service manual as ldquohalf moonsrdquo with a dot in the center

Perform measurements under the following conditionsbull Service Default Alignment Modebull Video color bar signalbull Audio 3 kHz left 1 kHz right

52 Service Modes

Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) offers several features for the service technician

There is also the option of using ComPair a hardware interface between a computer (see requirements below) and the TV chassis It offers the ability of structured trouble shooting test pattern generation error code reading software version readout and software upgrading Minimum Requirements a Pentium Processor Windows 9598 and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph ldquoComPairrdquo)

Table 5-1 SW Cluster

521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)

Purposebull To change option settingsbull To create a predefined setting to get the same

measurement results as given in this manualbull To display clear the error code buffer bull To override SW protectionsbull To perform alignmentsbull To start the blinking LED procedure

Specifications

Table 5-2 SDM default settings

bull All picture settings at 50 (brightness color contrast hue)

bull Bass treble and balance at 50 volume at 25 bull All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled like

ndash (Sleep) timer ndash Childparental lock ndash Blue mute ndash Hotelhospitality modendash Auto switch-off (when no ldquoIDENTrdquo video signal is

received for 15 minutes)ndash Skip blank of non-favorite presets channelsndash Auto store of personal presetsndash Auto user menu time-out

bull Operation hours counterbull Software versionbull Option settingsbull Error buffer reading and erasingbull Software alignments

How to enter SDAMUse one of the following methodsbull Use a standard customer RC-transmitter and key in the

code 062596 directly followed by the ldquoMrdquo (menu) button orbull Short jumper wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 on the mono

carrier (see Fig 8-1) and apply AC power Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up)Caution Entering SDAM by shortening wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 will override the +8V-protection Do this only for a short period When doing this the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing as it could lead to damaging the set

bull Or via ComPair After entering SDAM the following screen is visible with S at the upper right side for recognition

Figure 5-1 SDAM menu

bull LLLL This is the operation hours counter It counts the normal operation hours not the standby hours

bull AAABCD-XY This is the software identification of the main micro controller ndash A = the project name (L03)ndash B = the region E= Europe A= Asia Pacific U= NAFTA

L= LATAMndash C = the feature of software diversity N = stereo non-

DBX S = stereo dBx M = mono D = DVD ndash D = the language cluster numberndash X = the main software version numberndash Y = the sub software version number

bull S Indication of the actual mode S= SDAM= Service Default Alignment mode

bull Error buffers Five errors possiblebull Option bytes Seven codes possible

SW Cluster

Software name UOC type

UOC Diversity

Special Features

L3SUM1 L03UM1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Mono

L3SUN1 L03UN1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Stereo (non DBX)

Abbreviations in Software name U = Nafta M = Mono N = Stereo

Region Freq (MHz)Default system

Europe AP-PALMulti 47525 PAL BG

NAFTA AP-NTSC LATAM 6125 (ch 3) NTSC M

13 13

13

13

13

CL 36532044_033eps130603

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 8 L032L AA5

bull Clear Erase the contents of the error buffer Select the CLEAR menu item and press the CURSOR RIGHT key The content of the error buffer is cleared

bull Options To set the Option Bytes See chapter 831 for a detailed description

bull AKB Disable (0) or enable (1) the ldquoblack current looprdquo (AKB = Auto Kine Bias)

bull Tuner To align the Tuner See chapter 832 for a detailed description

bull White Tone To align the White Tone See chapter 833 for a detailed description

bull Geometry To align the set geometry See chapter 834 for a detailed description

bull Audio Use default value (Stereo set only) align when necessary See chapter 83x for a detailed description

How to navigatebull In SDAM select menu items with the CURSOR UPDOWN

key on the remote control transmitter The selected item will be highlighted When not all menu items fit on the screen move the CURSOR UPDOWN key to display the next previous menu items

bull With the CURSOR LEFTRIGHT keys it is possible tondash Activate the selected menu itemndash Change the value of the selected menu itemndash Activate the selected submenu

bull When you press the MENU button twice the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SDAM mode still active in the background) To return to the SDAM menu press the OSD STATUS button

bull When you press the MENU key in a submenu you will return to the previous menu

How to store settingsTo store settings leave the SDAM mode with the Standby button on the remote

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control (if you switch the set off by removing the AC power the set will return in SDAM when AC power is re-applied) The error buffer is not cleared

53 Problems and Solving Tips

531 Picture Problems

Note Below described problems are all related to the TV settings The procedures to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described

No colors noise in picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Colors not correct unstable picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Picture too dark or too brightIncrease decrease the BRIGHTNESS and or the CONTRAST value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control bull The picture improves after you have switched on the

Customer Service ModeThe new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

White line around picture elements and textDecrease the SHARPNESS value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Snowy picturebull No or bad antenna signal Connect a proper antenna

signalbull Antenna not connected Connect the antennabull No channel pre-set is stored at this program number Go

to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number

bull The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will contain error number 10) Check the tuner and replace repair if necessary

Snowy picture andor unstable picturebull A scrambled or decoded signal is received

Black and white pictureIncrease the COLOR value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Menu text not sharp enoughDecrease the CONTRAST value whenThe picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

532 Sound Problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)Increase decrease the VOLUME level Press the Smart Sound button repeatedly to access 4 different types of sound settings and choose your desired setting

54 ComPair

541 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control) which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics ComPair has three big advantagesbull ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures

bull ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

bull ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away

542 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable In this chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 9L032L AA 5

connector (located on the Main panel (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments) The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two waysbull Automatic (by communication with the television)

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer Diagnosis is done on I2C level ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television In this way it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set

bull Manually (by asking questions to you) Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extent When this is not the case ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (eg Does the screen give a picture Click on the correct answer YES NO) and showing you examples (eg Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope) You can answer by clicking on a link (eg text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question answer procedure ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way Besides fault finding ComPair provides some additional features likebull Up- or downloading of pre-setsbull Managing of pre-set listsbull Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST)bull If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink Example Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (SchematicPanel) at the Mono-carrier ndash Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568 ndash Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor

543 How to Connect ComPair

1 First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions)

2 Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ldquoPCrdquo) of the ComPair interface

3 Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ldquoPOWER 9V DCrdquo) on the ComPair interface

4 Switch the ComPair interface OFF5 Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power)6 Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ldquoI2Crdquo) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments)

7 Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface The green and red LEDs light up together The red LED extinguishes after approx 1 second while the green LED remains lit

8 Start the ComPair program and read the ldquointroductionrdquo chapter

Figure 5-2 ComPair connection

544 How to Order

ComPair order codes (EUAPLATAM)bull Starter kit ComPair32SearchMan32 software and

ComPair interface (excl transformer) 3122 785 90450bull ComPair interface (excl transformer) 4822 727 21631bull Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version) 3122

785 60040bull Starter kit SearchMan32 software 3122 785 60050bull ComPair32 CD (update) 3122 785 60070 (year 2002)

3122 785 60110 (year 2003 onwards)bull SearchMan32 CD (update) 3122 785 60080 (year 2002)

3122 785 60120 (year 2003) 3122 785 60130 (year 2004)bull ComPair firmware upgrade IC 3122 785 90510bull Transformer (non-UK) 4822 727 21632bull Transformer UK 4822 727 21633bull ComPair interface cable 3122 785 90004bull ComPair interface extension cable 3139 131 03791

545 Error Buffer

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

546 How To Read the Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 waysbull On screen via the SDAM (only if you have a picture)

Examplesndash ERROR 0 0 0 0 0 No errors detectedndash ERROR 6 0 0 0 0 Error code 6 is the last and only

detected errorndash ERROR 9 6 0 0 0 Error code 6 was first detected and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) errorbull Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture) See next paragraphbull Via ComPair

547 How to Clear the Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following casesbull By activation of the CLEAR command in the SDAM menubull If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours it resets automatically

NoteWhen leaving SDAM by disconnecting the set from AC power the error buffer is not reset

E_06532_008eps180804

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 3: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview EN 3L032L AA 1

13 Chassis Overview

Figure 1-3 Chassis overview

B1

MONOCARRIER

A1

A2

A3

A4

POWER SUPPLY

DEFLECTION

A5

AUDIO AMP + MONO SOUND PROC

TUNER IF

IF VIDEO PROCESSING CONTROLAND SYNC

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL+ HEADPHONE

AUDIO BTSC STEREO DECODER

CRT PANEL

A6

A7

E_14560_013eps240304

Safety Instructions Warnings and NotesEN 4 L032L AA2

2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes

Index of this chapter21 Safety Instructions22 Maintenance Instructions23 Warnings24 Notes

21 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require that during a repairbull Connect the set to the Mains (AC Power) via an isolation

transformer (gt 800 VA)bull Replace safety components indicated by the symbol

only by components identical to the original ones Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard

bull Wear safety goggles when you replace the CRT Safety regulations require that after a repair the set must be returned in its original condition Pay in particular attention to the following points bull General repair instruction as a strict precaution we advise

you to re-solder the solder connections through which the horizontal deflection current is flowing In particular this is valid for the1 Pins of the line output transformer (LOT)2 Fly-back capacitor(s)3 S-correction capacitor(s)4 Line output transistor5 Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil6 Other components through which the deflection current

flows

Note This re-soldering is advised to prevent bad connections due to metal fatigue in solder connections and is therefore only necessary for television sets more than two years oldbull Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure

them with the mounted cable clampsbull Check the insulation of the Mains (AC Power) lead for

external damage bull Check the strain relief of the mains (AC Power) cord for

proper function to prevent the cord from touching the CRT hot components or heat sinks

bull Check the electrical DC resistance between the Mains (AC Power) plug and the secondary side (only for sets which have a Mains (AC Power) isolated power supply) 1 Unplug the Mains (AC Power) cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the Mains (AC Power) plug 2 Set the Mains (AC Power) switch to the on position

(keep the Mains (AC Power) cord unplugged) 3 Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

Mains (AC Power) plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set The reading should be between 45 Mohm and 12 Mohm

4 Switch off the set and remove the wire between the two pins of the Mains (AC Power) plug

bull Check the cabinet for defects to avoid touching of any inner parts by the customer

22 Maintenance Instructions

We recommend a maintenance inspection carried out by qualified service personnel The interval depends on the usage conditionsbull When a customer uses the set under normal

circumstances for example in a living room the recommended interval is three to five years

bull When a customer uses the set in an environment with higher dust grease or moisture levels for example in a kitchen the recommended interval is one year

bull The maintenance inspection includes the following actions

1 Perform the ldquogeneral repair instructionrdquo noted above2 Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on the

chassis3 Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the picture

tube

23 Warnings

bull In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors avoid all high voltage flashovers In order to prevent damage to the picture tube use the method shown in figure ldquoDischarge picture tuberdquo to discharge the picture tube Use a high voltage probe and a multi-meter (position VDC) Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V (after approx 30 s)

Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube

bull All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD ) Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically Make sure that during repair you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance Keep components and tools also at this same potential Available ESD protection equipment ndash Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat wristband

connection box extension cable and earth cable) 4822 310 10671

ndash Wristband tester 4822 344 13999 bull Be careful during measurements in the high voltage

section bull Never replace modules or other components while the unit

is switched on bull When you align the set use plastic rather than metal tools

This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable

24 Notes

241 General

bull Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground () or hot ground () depending on the tested area of circuitry The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a colour bar signal and stereo sound (L 3 kHz R 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 47525 MHz for PAL or 6125 MHz for NTSC (channel 3)

bull Where necessary measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation () and in stand-by () These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols

bull The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in the parts lists are interchangeable per position with the

V

E_06532_007eps250304

Directions for Use EN 5L032L AA 3

semiconductors in the unit irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors

242 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kohm)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an E or an R (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 ohm)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (micro= x10-6) nano-farads (n= x10-9) or pico-farads (p= x10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An asterisk () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

243 Lead Free Solder

Philips CE is going to produce lead-free sets (PBF) from 112005 onwards

Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo

This sign normally has a diameter of 6 mm but if there is less space on a board also 3 mm is possible Regardless of this logo (is not always present) one must treat all sets from this date onwards according to the following rules

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be able

ndash To reach at least a solder-tip temperature of 400degCndash To stabilise the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilised at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will rise drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If not to avoid clean carefully the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

bull Use only original spare-parts listed in the Service-Manuals Not listed standard material (commodities) has to be purchased at external companies

bull For sets produced before 112005 containing leaded soldering tin and components all needed spare parts will be available till the end of the service period For the repair of such sets nothing changes

In case of doubt whether the board is lead-free or not (or with mixed technologies) you can use the following methodbull Always use the highest temperature to solder when using

SAC305 (see also instructions below)bull De-solder thoroughly (clean solder joints to avoid mix of

two alloys)Caution For BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the Magazine chapter Workshop informationFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

244 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

Pb

Mechanical InstructionsEN 6 L032L AA4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Rear Cover Removal42 Service Position Main Panel43 Rear Cover Mounting

41 Rear Cover Removal

1 Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover 2 Now pull the rear cover in backward direction to remove it

42 Service Position Main Panel

1 Disconnect the strain relief of the AC power cord2 Remove the main panel by pushing the two center clips

outward [1] At the same time pull the panel away from the CRT [2]

3 If necessary disconnect the degaussing coil by removing the cable from the (red) connector 1512

4 Move the panel somewhat to the left and flip it 90 degrees [3] with the components towards the CRT

Figure 4-1 Service Position

43 Rear Cover Mounting

Before you mount the rear cover perform the following checks1 Check whether the mains cord is mounted correctly in its

guiding brackets2 Re-place the strain relief of the AC power cord into the

cabinet3 Check whether all cables are replaced in their original

position

A

B

1

CL 16532016_006eps220501

2

1

3

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 7L032L AA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Modes53 Problems and Solving Tips54 ComPair55 Error Codes56 The Blinking LED Procedure57 Protections58 Repair Tips

51 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx On the PCB test points are specifically mentioned in the service manual as ldquohalf moonsrdquo with a dot in the center

Perform measurements under the following conditionsbull Service Default Alignment Modebull Video color bar signalbull Audio 3 kHz left 1 kHz right

52 Service Modes

Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) offers several features for the service technician

There is also the option of using ComPair a hardware interface between a computer (see requirements below) and the TV chassis It offers the ability of structured trouble shooting test pattern generation error code reading software version readout and software upgrading Minimum Requirements a Pentium Processor Windows 9598 and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph ldquoComPairrdquo)

Table 5-1 SW Cluster

521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)

Purposebull To change option settingsbull To create a predefined setting to get the same

measurement results as given in this manualbull To display clear the error code buffer bull To override SW protectionsbull To perform alignmentsbull To start the blinking LED procedure

Specifications

Table 5-2 SDM default settings

bull All picture settings at 50 (brightness color contrast hue)

bull Bass treble and balance at 50 volume at 25 bull All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled like

ndash (Sleep) timer ndash Childparental lock ndash Blue mute ndash Hotelhospitality modendash Auto switch-off (when no ldquoIDENTrdquo video signal is

received for 15 minutes)ndash Skip blank of non-favorite presets channelsndash Auto store of personal presetsndash Auto user menu time-out

bull Operation hours counterbull Software versionbull Option settingsbull Error buffer reading and erasingbull Software alignments

How to enter SDAMUse one of the following methodsbull Use a standard customer RC-transmitter and key in the

code 062596 directly followed by the ldquoMrdquo (menu) button orbull Short jumper wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 on the mono

carrier (see Fig 8-1) and apply AC power Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up)Caution Entering SDAM by shortening wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 will override the +8V-protection Do this only for a short period When doing this the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing as it could lead to damaging the set

bull Or via ComPair After entering SDAM the following screen is visible with S at the upper right side for recognition

Figure 5-1 SDAM menu

bull LLLL This is the operation hours counter It counts the normal operation hours not the standby hours

bull AAABCD-XY This is the software identification of the main micro controller ndash A = the project name (L03)ndash B = the region E= Europe A= Asia Pacific U= NAFTA

L= LATAMndash C = the feature of software diversity N = stereo non-

DBX S = stereo dBx M = mono D = DVD ndash D = the language cluster numberndash X = the main software version numberndash Y = the sub software version number

bull S Indication of the actual mode S= SDAM= Service Default Alignment mode

bull Error buffers Five errors possiblebull Option bytes Seven codes possible

SW Cluster

Software name UOC type

UOC Diversity

Special Features

L3SUM1 L03UM1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Mono

L3SUN1 L03UN1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Stereo (non DBX)

Abbreviations in Software name U = Nafta M = Mono N = Stereo

Region Freq (MHz)Default system

Europe AP-PALMulti 47525 PAL BG

NAFTA AP-NTSC LATAM 6125 (ch 3) NTSC M

13 13

13

13

13

CL 36532044_033eps130603

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 8 L032L AA5

bull Clear Erase the contents of the error buffer Select the CLEAR menu item and press the CURSOR RIGHT key The content of the error buffer is cleared

bull Options To set the Option Bytes See chapter 831 for a detailed description

bull AKB Disable (0) or enable (1) the ldquoblack current looprdquo (AKB = Auto Kine Bias)

bull Tuner To align the Tuner See chapter 832 for a detailed description

bull White Tone To align the White Tone See chapter 833 for a detailed description

bull Geometry To align the set geometry See chapter 834 for a detailed description

bull Audio Use default value (Stereo set only) align when necessary See chapter 83x for a detailed description

How to navigatebull In SDAM select menu items with the CURSOR UPDOWN

key on the remote control transmitter The selected item will be highlighted When not all menu items fit on the screen move the CURSOR UPDOWN key to display the next previous menu items

bull With the CURSOR LEFTRIGHT keys it is possible tondash Activate the selected menu itemndash Change the value of the selected menu itemndash Activate the selected submenu

bull When you press the MENU button twice the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SDAM mode still active in the background) To return to the SDAM menu press the OSD STATUS button

bull When you press the MENU key in a submenu you will return to the previous menu

How to store settingsTo store settings leave the SDAM mode with the Standby button on the remote

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control (if you switch the set off by removing the AC power the set will return in SDAM when AC power is re-applied) The error buffer is not cleared

53 Problems and Solving Tips

531 Picture Problems

Note Below described problems are all related to the TV settings The procedures to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described

No colors noise in picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Colors not correct unstable picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Picture too dark or too brightIncrease decrease the BRIGHTNESS and or the CONTRAST value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control bull The picture improves after you have switched on the

Customer Service ModeThe new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

White line around picture elements and textDecrease the SHARPNESS value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Snowy picturebull No or bad antenna signal Connect a proper antenna

signalbull Antenna not connected Connect the antennabull No channel pre-set is stored at this program number Go

to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number

bull The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will contain error number 10) Check the tuner and replace repair if necessary

Snowy picture andor unstable picturebull A scrambled or decoded signal is received

Black and white pictureIncrease the COLOR value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Menu text not sharp enoughDecrease the CONTRAST value whenThe picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

532 Sound Problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)Increase decrease the VOLUME level Press the Smart Sound button repeatedly to access 4 different types of sound settings and choose your desired setting

54 ComPair

541 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control) which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics ComPair has three big advantagesbull ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures

bull ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

bull ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away

542 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable In this chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 9L032L AA 5

connector (located on the Main panel (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments) The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two waysbull Automatic (by communication with the television)

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer Diagnosis is done on I2C level ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television In this way it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set

bull Manually (by asking questions to you) Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extent When this is not the case ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (eg Does the screen give a picture Click on the correct answer YES NO) and showing you examples (eg Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope) You can answer by clicking on a link (eg text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question answer procedure ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way Besides fault finding ComPair provides some additional features likebull Up- or downloading of pre-setsbull Managing of pre-set listsbull Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST)bull If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink Example Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (SchematicPanel) at the Mono-carrier ndash Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568 ndash Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor

543 How to Connect ComPair

1 First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions)

2 Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ldquoPCrdquo) of the ComPair interface

3 Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ldquoPOWER 9V DCrdquo) on the ComPair interface

4 Switch the ComPair interface OFF5 Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power)6 Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ldquoI2Crdquo) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments)

7 Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface The green and red LEDs light up together The red LED extinguishes after approx 1 second while the green LED remains lit

8 Start the ComPair program and read the ldquointroductionrdquo chapter

Figure 5-2 ComPair connection

544 How to Order

ComPair order codes (EUAPLATAM)bull Starter kit ComPair32SearchMan32 software and

ComPair interface (excl transformer) 3122 785 90450bull ComPair interface (excl transformer) 4822 727 21631bull Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version) 3122

785 60040bull Starter kit SearchMan32 software 3122 785 60050bull ComPair32 CD (update) 3122 785 60070 (year 2002)

3122 785 60110 (year 2003 onwards)bull SearchMan32 CD (update) 3122 785 60080 (year 2002)

3122 785 60120 (year 2003) 3122 785 60130 (year 2004)bull ComPair firmware upgrade IC 3122 785 90510bull Transformer (non-UK) 4822 727 21632bull Transformer UK 4822 727 21633bull ComPair interface cable 3122 785 90004bull ComPair interface extension cable 3139 131 03791

545 Error Buffer

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

546 How To Read the Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 waysbull On screen via the SDAM (only if you have a picture)

Examplesndash ERROR 0 0 0 0 0 No errors detectedndash ERROR 6 0 0 0 0 Error code 6 is the last and only

detected errorndash ERROR 9 6 0 0 0 Error code 6 was first detected and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) errorbull Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture) See next paragraphbull Via ComPair

547 How to Clear the Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following casesbull By activation of the CLEAR command in the SDAM menubull If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours it resets automatically

NoteWhen leaving SDAM by disconnecting the set from AC power the error buffer is not reset

E_06532_008eps180804

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 4: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Safety Instructions Warnings and NotesEN 4 L032L AA2

2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes

Index of this chapter21 Safety Instructions22 Maintenance Instructions23 Warnings24 Notes

21 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require that during a repairbull Connect the set to the Mains (AC Power) via an isolation

transformer (gt 800 VA)bull Replace safety components indicated by the symbol

only by components identical to the original ones Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard

bull Wear safety goggles when you replace the CRT Safety regulations require that after a repair the set must be returned in its original condition Pay in particular attention to the following points bull General repair instruction as a strict precaution we advise

you to re-solder the solder connections through which the horizontal deflection current is flowing In particular this is valid for the1 Pins of the line output transformer (LOT)2 Fly-back capacitor(s)3 S-correction capacitor(s)4 Line output transistor5 Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil6 Other components through which the deflection current

flows

Note This re-soldering is advised to prevent bad connections due to metal fatigue in solder connections and is therefore only necessary for television sets more than two years oldbull Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure

them with the mounted cable clampsbull Check the insulation of the Mains (AC Power) lead for

external damage bull Check the strain relief of the mains (AC Power) cord for

proper function to prevent the cord from touching the CRT hot components or heat sinks

bull Check the electrical DC resistance between the Mains (AC Power) plug and the secondary side (only for sets which have a Mains (AC Power) isolated power supply) 1 Unplug the Mains (AC Power) cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the Mains (AC Power) plug 2 Set the Mains (AC Power) switch to the on position

(keep the Mains (AC Power) cord unplugged) 3 Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

Mains (AC Power) plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set The reading should be between 45 Mohm and 12 Mohm

4 Switch off the set and remove the wire between the two pins of the Mains (AC Power) plug

bull Check the cabinet for defects to avoid touching of any inner parts by the customer

22 Maintenance Instructions

We recommend a maintenance inspection carried out by qualified service personnel The interval depends on the usage conditionsbull When a customer uses the set under normal

circumstances for example in a living room the recommended interval is three to five years

bull When a customer uses the set in an environment with higher dust grease or moisture levels for example in a kitchen the recommended interval is one year

bull The maintenance inspection includes the following actions

1 Perform the ldquogeneral repair instructionrdquo noted above2 Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on the

chassis3 Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the picture

tube

23 Warnings

bull In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors avoid all high voltage flashovers In order to prevent damage to the picture tube use the method shown in figure ldquoDischarge picture tuberdquo to discharge the picture tube Use a high voltage probe and a multi-meter (position VDC) Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V (after approx 30 s)

Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube

bull All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD ) Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically Make sure that during repair you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance Keep components and tools also at this same potential Available ESD protection equipment ndash Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat wristband

connection box extension cable and earth cable) 4822 310 10671

ndash Wristband tester 4822 344 13999 bull Be careful during measurements in the high voltage

section bull Never replace modules or other components while the unit

is switched on bull When you align the set use plastic rather than metal tools

This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable

24 Notes

241 General

bull Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground () or hot ground () depending on the tested area of circuitry The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a colour bar signal and stereo sound (L 3 kHz R 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 47525 MHz for PAL or 6125 MHz for NTSC (channel 3)

bull Where necessary measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation () and in stand-by () These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols

bull The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in the parts lists are interchangeable per position with the

V

E_06532_007eps250304

Directions for Use EN 5L032L AA 3

semiconductors in the unit irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors

242 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kohm)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an E or an R (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 ohm)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (micro= x10-6) nano-farads (n= x10-9) or pico-farads (p= x10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An asterisk () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

243 Lead Free Solder

Philips CE is going to produce lead-free sets (PBF) from 112005 onwards

Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo

This sign normally has a diameter of 6 mm but if there is less space on a board also 3 mm is possible Regardless of this logo (is not always present) one must treat all sets from this date onwards according to the following rules

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be able

ndash To reach at least a solder-tip temperature of 400degCndash To stabilise the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilised at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will rise drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If not to avoid clean carefully the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

bull Use only original spare-parts listed in the Service-Manuals Not listed standard material (commodities) has to be purchased at external companies

bull For sets produced before 112005 containing leaded soldering tin and components all needed spare parts will be available till the end of the service period For the repair of such sets nothing changes

In case of doubt whether the board is lead-free or not (or with mixed technologies) you can use the following methodbull Always use the highest temperature to solder when using

SAC305 (see also instructions below)bull De-solder thoroughly (clean solder joints to avoid mix of

two alloys)Caution For BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the Magazine chapter Workshop informationFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

244 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

Pb

Mechanical InstructionsEN 6 L032L AA4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Rear Cover Removal42 Service Position Main Panel43 Rear Cover Mounting

41 Rear Cover Removal

1 Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover 2 Now pull the rear cover in backward direction to remove it

42 Service Position Main Panel

1 Disconnect the strain relief of the AC power cord2 Remove the main panel by pushing the two center clips

outward [1] At the same time pull the panel away from the CRT [2]

3 If necessary disconnect the degaussing coil by removing the cable from the (red) connector 1512

4 Move the panel somewhat to the left and flip it 90 degrees [3] with the components towards the CRT

Figure 4-1 Service Position

43 Rear Cover Mounting

Before you mount the rear cover perform the following checks1 Check whether the mains cord is mounted correctly in its

guiding brackets2 Re-place the strain relief of the AC power cord into the

cabinet3 Check whether all cables are replaced in their original

position

A

B

1

CL 16532016_006eps220501

2

1

3

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 7L032L AA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Modes53 Problems and Solving Tips54 ComPair55 Error Codes56 The Blinking LED Procedure57 Protections58 Repair Tips

51 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx On the PCB test points are specifically mentioned in the service manual as ldquohalf moonsrdquo with a dot in the center

Perform measurements under the following conditionsbull Service Default Alignment Modebull Video color bar signalbull Audio 3 kHz left 1 kHz right

52 Service Modes

Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) offers several features for the service technician

There is also the option of using ComPair a hardware interface between a computer (see requirements below) and the TV chassis It offers the ability of structured trouble shooting test pattern generation error code reading software version readout and software upgrading Minimum Requirements a Pentium Processor Windows 9598 and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph ldquoComPairrdquo)

Table 5-1 SW Cluster

521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)

Purposebull To change option settingsbull To create a predefined setting to get the same

measurement results as given in this manualbull To display clear the error code buffer bull To override SW protectionsbull To perform alignmentsbull To start the blinking LED procedure

Specifications

Table 5-2 SDM default settings

bull All picture settings at 50 (brightness color contrast hue)

bull Bass treble and balance at 50 volume at 25 bull All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled like

ndash (Sleep) timer ndash Childparental lock ndash Blue mute ndash Hotelhospitality modendash Auto switch-off (when no ldquoIDENTrdquo video signal is

received for 15 minutes)ndash Skip blank of non-favorite presets channelsndash Auto store of personal presetsndash Auto user menu time-out

bull Operation hours counterbull Software versionbull Option settingsbull Error buffer reading and erasingbull Software alignments

How to enter SDAMUse one of the following methodsbull Use a standard customer RC-transmitter and key in the

code 062596 directly followed by the ldquoMrdquo (menu) button orbull Short jumper wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 on the mono

carrier (see Fig 8-1) and apply AC power Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up)Caution Entering SDAM by shortening wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 will override the +8V-protection Do this only for a short period When doing this the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing as it could lead to damaging the set

bull Or via ComPair After entering SDAM the following screen is visible with S at the upper right side for recognition

Figure 5-1 SDAM menu

bull LLLL This is the operation hours counter It counts the normal operation hours not the standby hours

bull AAABCD-XY This is the software identification of the main micro controller ndash A = the project name (L03)ndash B = the region E= Europe A= Asia Pacific U= NAFTA

L= LATAMndash C = the feature of software diversity N = stereo non-

DBX S = stereo dBx M = mono D = DVD ndash D = the language cluster numberndash X = the main software version numberndash Y = the sub software version number

bull S Indication of the actual mode S= SDAM= Service Default Alignment mode

bull Error buffers Five errors possiblebull Option bytes Seven codes possible

SW Cluster

Software name UOC type

UOC Diversity

Special Features

L3SUM1 L03UM1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Mono

L3SUN1 L03UN1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Stereo (non DBX)

Abbreviations in Software name U = Nafta M = Mono N = Stereo

Region Freq (MHz)Default system

Europe AP-PALMulti 47525 PAL BG

NAFTA AP-NTSC LATAM 6125 (ch 3) NTSC M

13 13

13

13

13

CL 36532044_033eps130603

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 8 L032L AA5

bull Clear Erase the contents of the error buffer Select the CLEAR menu item and press the CURSOR RIGHT key The content of the error buffer is cleared

bull Options To set the Option Bytes See chapter 831 for a detailed description

bull AKB Disable (0) or enable (1) the ldquoblack current looprdquo (AKB = Auto Kine Bias)

bull Tuner To align the Tuner See chapter 832 for a detailed description

bull White Tone To align the White Tone See chapter 833 for a detailed description

bull Geometry To align the set geometry See chapter 834 for a detailed description

bull Audio Use default value (Stereo set only) align when necessary See chapter 83x for a detailed description

How to navigatebull In SDAM select menu items with the CURSOR UPDOWN

key on the remote control transmitter The selected item will be highlighted When not all menu items fit on the screen move the CURSOR UPDOWN key to display the next previous menu items

bull With the CURSOR LEFTRIGHT keys it is possible tondash Activate the selected menu itemndash Change the value of the selected menu itemndash Activate the selected submenu

bull When you press the MENU button twice the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SDAM mode still active in the background) To return to the SDAM menu press the OSD STATUS button

bull When you press the MENU key in a submenu you will return to the previous menu

How to store settingsTo store settings leave the SDAM mode with the Standby button on the remote

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control (if you switch the set off by removing the AC power the set will return in SDAM when AC power is re-applied) The error buffer is not cleared

53 Problems and Solving Tips

531 Picture Problems

Note Below described problems are all related to the TV settings The procedures to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described

No colors noise in picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Colors not correct unstable picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Picture too dark or too brightIncrease decrease the BRIGHTNESS and or the CONTRAST value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control bull The picture improves after you have switched on the

Customer Service ModeThe new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

White line around picture elements and textDecrease the SHARPNESS value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Snowy picturebull No or bad antenna signal Connect a proper antenna

signalbull Antenna not connected Connect the antennabull No channel pre-set is stored at this program number Go

to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number

bull The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will contain error number 10) Check the tuner and replace repair if necessary

Snowy picture andor unstable picturebull A scrambled or decoded signal is received

Black and white pictureIncrease the COLOR value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Menu text not sharp enoughDecrease the CONTRAST value whenThe picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

532 Sound Problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)Increase decrease the VOLUME level Press the Smart Sound button repeatedly to access 4 different types of sound settings and choose your desired setting

54 ComPair

541 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control) which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics ComPair has three big advantagesbull ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures

bull ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

bull ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away

542 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable In this chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 9L032L AA 5

connector (located on the Main panel (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments) The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two waysbull Automatic (by communication with the television)

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer Diagnosis is done on I2C level ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television In this way it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set

bull Manually (by asking questions to you) Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extent When this is not the case ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (eg Does the screen give a picture Click on the correct answer YES NO) and showing you examples (eg Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope) You can answer by clicking on a link (eg text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question answer procedure ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way Besides fault finding ComPair provides some additional features likebull Up- or downloading of pre-setsbull Managing of pre-set listsbull Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST)bull If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink Example Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (SchematicPanel) at the Mono-carrier ndash Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568 ndash Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor

543 How to Connect ComPair

1 First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions)

2 Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ldquoPCrdquo) of the ComPair interface

3 Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ldquoPOWER 9V DCrdquo) on the ComPair interface

4 Switch the ComPair interface OFF5 Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power)6 Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ldquoI2Crdquo) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments)

7 Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface The green and red LEDs light up together The red LED extinguishes after approx 1 second while the green LED remains lit

8 Start the ComPair program and read the ldquointroductionrdquo chapter

Figure 5-2 ComPair connection

544 How to Order

ComPair order codes (EUAPLATAM)bull Starter kit ComPair32SearchMan32 software and

ComPair interface (excl transformer) 3122 785 90450bull ComPair interface (excl transformer) 4822 727 21631bull Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version) 3122

785 60040bull Starter kit SearchMan32 software 3122 785 60050bull ComPair32 CD (update) 3122 785 60070 (year 2002)

3122 785 60110 (year 2003 onwards)bull SearchMan32 CD (update) 3122 785 60080 (year 2002)

3122 785 60120 (year 2003) 3122 785 60130 (year 2004)bull ComPair firmware upgrade IC 3122 785 90510bull Transformer (non-UK) 4822 727 21632bull Transformer UK 4822 727 21633bull ComPair interface cable 3122 785 90004bull ComPair interface extension cable 3139 131 03791

545 Error Buffer

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

546 How To Read the Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 waysbull On screen via the SDAM (only if you have a picture)

Examplesndash ERROR 0 0 0 0 0 No errors detectedndash ERROR 6 0 0 0 0 Error code 6 is the last and only

detected errorndash ERROR 9 6 0 0 0 Error code 6 was first detected and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) errorbull Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture) See next paragraphbull Via ComPair

547 How to Clear the Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following casesbull By activation of the CLEAR command in the SDAM menubull If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours it resets automatically

NoteWhen leaving SDAM by disconnecting the set from AC power the error buffer is not reset

E_06532_008eps180804

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 5: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Directions for Use EN 5L032L AA 3

semiconductors in the unit irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors

242 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kohm)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an E or an R (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 ohm)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (micro= x10-6) nano-farads (n= x10-9) or pico-farads (p= x10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An asterisk () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

243 Lead Free Solder

Philips CE is going to produce lead-free sets (PBF) from 112005 onwards

Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo

This sign normally has a diameter of 6 mm but if there is less space on a board also 3 mm is possible Regardless of this logo (is not always present) one must treat all sets from this date onwards according to the following rules

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be able

ndash To reach at least a solder-tip temperature of 400degCndash To stabilise the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilised at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will rise drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If not to avoid clean carefully the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

bull Use only original spare-parts listed in the Service-Manuals Not listed standard material (commodities) has to be purchased at external companies

bull For sets produced before 112005 containing leaded soldering tin and components all needed spare parts will be available till the end of the service period For the repair of such sets nothing changes

In case of doubt whether the board is lead-free or not (or with mixed technologies) you can use the following methodbull Always use the highest temperature to solder when using

SAC305 (see also instructions below)bull De-solder thoroughly (clean solder joints to avoid mix of

two alloys)Caution For BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the Magazine chapter Workshop informationFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

244 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

Pb

Mechanical InstructionsEN 6 L032L AA4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Rear Cover Removal42 Service Position Main Panel43 Rear Cover Mounting

41 Rear Cover Removal

1 Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover 2 Now pull the rear cover in backward direction to remove it

42 Service Position Main Panel

1 Disconnect the strain relief of the AC power cord2 Remove the main panel by pushing the two center clips

outward [1] At the same time pull the panel away from the CRT [2]

3 If necessary disconnect the degaussing coil by removing the cable from the (red) connector 1512

4 Move the panel somewhat to the left and flip it 90 degrees [3] with the components towards the CRT

Figure 4-1 Service Position

43 Rear Cover Mounting

Before you mount the rear cover perform the following checks1 Check whether the mains cord is mounted correctly in its

guiding brackets2 Re-place the strain relief of the AC power cord into the

cabinet3 Check whether all cables are replaced in their original

position

A

B

1

CL 16532016_006eps220501

2

1

3

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 7L032L AA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Modes53 Problems and Solving Tips54 ComPair55 Error Codes56 The Blinking LED Procedure57 Protections58 Repair Tips

51 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx On the PCB test points are specifically mentioned in the service manual as ldquohalf moonsrdquo with a dot in the center

Perform measurements under the following conditionsbull Service Default Alignment Modebull Video color bar signalbull Audio 3 kHz left 1 kHz right

52 Service Modes

Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) offers several features for the service technician

There is also the option of using ComPair a hardware interface between a computer (see requirements below) and the TV chassis It offers the ability of structured trouble shooting test pattern generation error code reading software version readout and software upgrading Minimum Requirements a Pentium Processor Windows 9598 and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph ldquoComPairrdquo)

Table 5-1 SW Cluster

521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)

Purposebull To change option settingsbull To create a predefined setting to get the same

measurement results as given in this manualbull To display clear the error code buffer bull To override SW protectionsbull To perform alignmentsbull To start the blinking LED procedure

Specifications

Table 5-2 SDM default settings

bull All picture settings at 50 (brightness color contrast hue)

bull Bass treble and balance at 50 volume at 25 bull All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled like

ndash (Sleep) timer ndash Childparental lock ndash Blue mute ndash Hotelhospitality modendash Auto switch-off (when no ldquoIDENTrdquo video signal is

received for 15 minutes)ndash Skip blank of non-favorite presets channelsndash Auto store of personal presetsndash Auto user menu time-out

bull Operation hours counterbull Software versionbull Option settingsbull Error buffer reading and erasingbull Software alignments

How to enter SDAMUse one of the following methodsbull Use a standard customer RC-transmitter and key in the

code 062596 directly followed by the ldquoMrdquo (menu) button orbull Short jumper wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 on the mono

carrier (see Fig 8-1) and apply AC power Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up)Caution Entering SDAM by shortening wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 will override the +8V-protection Do this only for a short period When doing this the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing as it could lead to damaging the set

bull Or via ComPair After entering SDAM the following screen is visible with S at the upper right side for recognition

Figure 5-1 SDAM menu

bull LLLL This is the operation hours counter It counts the normal operation hours not the standby hours

bull AAABCD-XY This is the software identification of the main micro controller ndash A = the project name (L03)ndash B = the region E= Europe A= Asia Pacific U= NAFTA

L= LATAMndash C = the feature of software diversity N = stereo non-

DBX S = stereo dBx M = mono D = DVD ndash D = the language cluster numberndash X = the main software version numberndash Y = the sub software version number

bull S Indication of the actual mode S= SDAM= Service Default Alignment mode

bull Error buffers Five errors possiblebull Option bytes Seven codes possible

SW Cluster

Software name UOC type

UOC Diversity

Special Features

L3SUM1 L03UM1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Mono

L3SUN1 L03UN1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Stereo (non DBX)

Abbreviations in Software name U = Nafta M = Mono N = Stereo

Region Freq (MHz)Default system

Europe AP-PALMulti 47525 PAL BG

NAFTA AP-NTSC LATAM 6125 (ch 3) NTSC M

13 13

13

13

13

CL 36532044_033eps130603

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 8 L032L AA5

bull Clear Erase the contents of the error buffer Select the CLEAR menu item and press the CURSOR RIGHT key The content of the error buffer is cleared

bull Options To set the Option Bytes See chapter 831 for a detailed description

bull AKB Disable (0) or enable (1) the ldquoblack current looprdquo (AKB = Auto Kine Bias)

bull Tuner To align the Tuner See chapter 832 for a detailed description

bull White Tone To align the White Tone See chapter 833 for a detailed description

bull Geometry To align the set geometry See chapter 834 for a detailed description

bull Audio Use default value (Stereo set only) align when necessary See chapter 83x for a detailed description

How to navigatebull In SDAM select menu items with the CURSOR UPDOWN

key on the remote control transmitter The selected item will be highlighted When not all menu items fit on the screen move the CURSOR UPDOWN key to display the next previous menu items

bull With the CURSOR LEFTRIGHT keys it is possible tondash Activate the selected menu itemndash Change the value of the selected menu itemndash Activate the selected submenu

bull When you press the MENU button twice the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SDAM mode still active in the background) To return to the SDAM menu press the OSD STATUS button

bull When you press the MENU key in a submenu you will return to the previous menu

How to store settingsTo store settings leave the SDAM mode with the Standby button on the remote

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control (if you switch the set off by removing the AC power the set will return in SDAM when AC power is re-applied) The error buffer is not cleared

53 Problems and Solving Tips

531 Picture Problems

Note Below described problems are all related to the TV settings The procedures to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described

No colors noise in picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Colors not correct unstable picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Picture too dark or too brightIncrease decrease the BRIGHTNESS and or the CONTRAST value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control bull The picture improves after you have switched on the

Customer Service ModeThe new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

White line around picture elements and textDecrease the SHARPNESS value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Snowy picturebull No or bad antenna signal Connect a proper antenna

signalbull Antenna not connected Connect the antennabull No channel pre-set is stored at this program number Go

to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number

bull The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will contain error number 10) Check the tuner and replace repair if necessary

Snowy picture andor unstable picturebull A scrambled or decoded signal is received

Black and white pictureIncrease the COLOR value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Menu text not sharp enoughDecrease the CONTRAST value whenThe picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

532 Sound Problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)Increase decrease the VOLUME level Press the Smart Sound button repeatedly to access 4 different types of sound settings and choose your desired setting

54 ComPair

541 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control) which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics ComPair has three big advantagesbull ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures

bull ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

bull ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away

542 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable In this chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 9L032L AA 5

connector (located on the Main panel (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments) The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two waysbull Automatic (by communication with the television)

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer Diagnosis is done on I2C level ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television In this way it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set

bull Manually (by asking questions to you) Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extent When this is not the case ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (eg Does the screen give a picture Click on the correct answer YES NO) and showing you examples (eg Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope) You can answer by clicking on a link (eg text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question answer procedure ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way Besides fault finding ComPair provides some additional features likebull Up- or downloading of pre-setsbull Managing of pre-set listsbull Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST)bull If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink Example Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (SchematicPanel) at the Mono-carrier ndash Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568 ndash Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor

543 How to Connect ComPair

1 First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions)

2 Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ldquoPCrdquo) of the ComPair interface

3 Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ldquoPOWER 9V DCrdquo) on the ComPair interface

4 Switch the ComPair interface OFF5 Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power)6 Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ldquoI2Crdquo) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments)

7 Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface The green and red LEDs light up together The red LED extinguishes after approx 1 second while the green LED remains lit

8 Start the ComPair program and read the ldquointroductionrdquo chapter

Figure 5-2 ComPair connection

544 How to Order

ComPair order codes (EUAPLATAM)bull Starter kit ComPair32SearchMan32 software and

ComPair interface (excl transformer) 3122 785 90450bull ComPair interface (excl transformer) 4822 727 21631bull Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version) 3122

785 60040bull Starter kit SearchMan32 software 3122 785 60050bull ComPair32 CD (update) 3122 785 60070 (year 2002)

3122 785 60110 (year 2003 onwards)bull SearchMan32 CD (update) 3122 785 60080 (year 2002)

3122 785 60120 (year 2003) 3122 785 60130 (year 2004)bull ComPair firmware upgrade IC 3122 785 90510bull Transformer (non-UK) 4822 727 21632bull Transformer UK 4822 727 21633bull ComPair interface cable 3122 785 90004bull ComPair interface extension cable 3139 131 03791

545 Error Buffer

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

546 How To Read the Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 waysbull On screen via the SDAM (only if you have a picture)

Examplesndash ERROR 0 0 0 0 0 No errors detectedndash ERROR 6 0 0 0 0 Error code 6 is the last and only

detected errorndash ERROR 9 6 0 0 0 Error code 6 was first detected and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) errorbull Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture) See next paragraphbull Via ComPair

547 How to Clear the Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following casesbull By activation of the CLEAR command in the SDAM menubull If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours it resets automatically

NoteWhen leaving SDAM by disconnecting the set from AC power the error buffer is not reset

E_06532_008eps180804

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 6: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Mechanical InstructionsEN 6 L032L AA4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Rear Cover Removal42 Service Position Main Panel43 Rear Cover Mounting

41 Rear Cover Removal

1 Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover 2 Now pull the rear cover in backward direction to remove it

42 Service Position Main Panel

1 Disconnect the strain relief of the AC power cord2 Remove the main panel by pushing the two center clips

outward [1] At the same time pull the panel away from the CRT [2]

3 If necessary disconnect the degaussing coil by removing the cable from the (red) connector 1512

4 Move the panel somewhat to the left and flip it 90 degrees [3] with the components towards the CRT

Figure 4-1 Service Position

43 Rear Cover Mounting

Before you mount the rear cover perform the following checks1 Check whether the mains cord is mounted correctly in its

guiding brackets2 Re-place the strain relief of the AC power cord into the

cabinet3 Check whether all cables are replaced in their original

position

A

B

1

CL 16532016_006eps220501

2

1

3

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 7L032L AA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Modes53 Problems and Solving Tips54 ComPair55 Error Codes56 The Blinking LED Procedure57 Protections58 Repair Tips

51 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx On the PCB test points are specifically mentioned in the service manual as ldquohalf moonsrdquo with a dot in the center

Perform measurements under the following conditionsbull Service Default Alignment Modebull Video color bar signalbull Audio 3 kHz left 1 kHz right

52 Service Modes

Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) offers several features for the service technician

There is also the option of using ComPair a hardware interface between a computer (see requirements below) and the TV chassis It offers the ability of structured trouble shooting test pattern generation error code reading software version readout and software upgrading Minimum Requirements a Pentium Processor Windows 9598 and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph ldquoComPairrdquo)

Table 5-1 SW Cluster

521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)

Purposebull To change option settingsbull To create a predefined setting to get the same

measurement results as given in this manualbull To display clear the error code buffer bull To override SW protectionsbull To perform alignmentsbull To start the blinking LED procedure

Specifications

Table 5-2 SDM default settings

bull All picture settings at 50 (brightness color contrast hue)

bull Bass treble and balance at 50 volume at 25 bull All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled like

ndash (Sleep) timer ndash Childparental lock ndash Blue mute ndash Hotelhospitality modendash Auto switch-off (when no ldquoIDENTrdquo video signal is

received for 15 minutes)ndash Skip blank of non-favorite presets channelsndash Auto store of personal presetsndash Auto user menu time-out

bull Operation hours counterbull Software versionbull Option settingsbull Error buffer reading and erasingbull Software alignments

How to enter SDAMUse one of the following methodsbull Use a standard customer RC-transmitter and key in the

code 062596 directly followed by the ldquoMrdquo (menu) button orbull Short jumper wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 on the mono

carrier (see Fig 8-1) and apply AC power Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up)Caution Entering SDAM by shortening wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 will override the +8V-protection Do this only for a short period When doing this the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing as it could lead to damaging the set

bull Or via ComPair After entering SDAM the following screen is visible with S at the upper right side for recognition

Figure 5-1 SDAM menu

bull LLLL This is the operation hours counter It counts the normal operation hours not the standby hours

bull AAABCD-XY This is the software identification of the main micro controller ndash A = the project name (L03)ndash B = the region E= Europe A= Asia Pacific U= NAFTA

L= LATAMndash C = the feature of software diversity N = stereo non-

DBX S = stereo dBx M = mono D = DVD ndash D = the language cluster numberndash X = the main software version numberndash Y = the sub software version number

bull S Indication of the actual mode S= SDAM= Service Default Alignment mode

bull Error buffers Five errors possiblebull Option bytes Seven codes possible

SW Cluster

Software name UOC type

UOC Diversity

Special Features

L3SUM1 L03UM1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Mono

L3SUN1 L03UN1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Stereo (non DBX)

Abbreviations in Software name U = Nafta M = Mono N = Stereo

Region Freq (MHz)Default system

Europe AP-PALMulti 47525 PAL BG

NAFTA AP-NTSC LATAM 6125 (ch 3) NTSC M

13 13

13

13

13

CL 36532044_033eps130603

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 8 L032L AA5

bull Clear Erase the contents of the error buffer Select the CLEAR menu item and press the CURSOR RIGHT key The content of the error buffer is cleared

bull Options To set the Option Bytes See chapter 831 for a detailed description

bull AKB Disable (0) or enable (1) the ldquoblack current looprdquo (AKB = Auto Kine Bias)

bull Tuner To align the Tuner See chapter 832 for a detailed description

bull White Tone To align the White Tone See chapter 833 for a detailed description

bull Geometry To align the set geometry See chapter 834 for a detailed description

bull Audio Use default value (Stereo set only) align when necessary See chapter 83x for a detailed description

How to navigatebull In SDAM select menu items with the CURSOR UPDOWN

key on the remote control transmitter The selected item will be highlighted When not all menu items fit on the screen move the CURSOR UPDOWN key to display the next previous menu items

bull With the CURSOR LEFTRIGHT keys it is possible tondash Activate the selected menu itemndash Change the value of the selected menu itemndash Activate the selected submenu

bull When you press the MENU button twice the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SDAM mode still active in the background) To return to the SDAM menu press the OSD STATUS button

bull When you press the MENU key in a submenu you will return to the previous menu

How to store settingsTo store settings leave the SDAM mode with the Standby button on the remote

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control (if you switch the set off by removing the AC power the set will return in SDAM when AC power is re-applied) The error buffer is not cleared

53 Problems and Solving Tips

531 Picture Problems

Note Below described problems are all related to the TV settings The procedures to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described

No colors noise in picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Colors not correct unstable picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Picture too dark or too brightIncrease decrease the BRIGHTNESS and or the CONTRAST value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control bull The picture improves after you have switched on the

Customer Service ModeThe new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

White line around picture elements and textDecrease the SHARPNESS value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Snowy picturebull No or bad antenna signal Connect a proper antenna

signalbull Antenna not connected Connect the antennabull No channel pre-set is stored at this program number Go

to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number

bull The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will contain error number 10) Check the tuner and replace repair if necessary

Snowy picture andor unstable picturebull A scrambled or decoded signal is received

Black and white pictureIncrease the COLOR value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Menu text not sharp enoughDecrease the CONTRAST value whenThe picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

532 Sound Problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)Increase decrease the VOLUME level Press the Smart Sound button repeatedly to access 4 different types of sound settings and choose your desired setting

54 ComPair

541 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control) which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics ComPair has three big advantagesbull ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures

bull ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

bull ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away

542 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable In this chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 9L032L AA 5

connector (located on the Main panel (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments) The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two waysbull Automatic (by communication with the television)

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer Diagnosis is done on I2C level ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television In this way it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set

bull Manually (by asking questions to you) Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extent When this is not the case ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (eg Does the screen give a picture Click on the correct answer YES NO) and showing you examples (eg Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope) You can answer by clicking on a link (eg text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question answer procedure ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way Besides fault finding ComPair provides some additional features likebull Up- or downloading of pre-setsbull Managing of pre-set listsbull Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST)bull If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink Example Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (SchematicPanel) at the Mono-carrier ndash Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568 ndash Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor

543 How to Connect ComPair

1 First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions)

2 Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ldquoPCrdquo) of the ComPair interface

3 Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ldquoPOWER 9V DCrdquo) on the ComPair interface

4 Switch the ComPair interface OFF5 Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power)6 Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ldquoI2Crdquo) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments)

7 Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface The green and red LEDs light up together The red LED extinguishes after approx 1 second while the green LED remains lit

8 Start the ComPair program and read the ldquointroductionrdquo chapter

Figure 5-2 ComPair connection

544 How to Order

ComPair order codes (EUAPLATAM)bull Starter kit ComPair32SearchMan32 software and

ComPair interface (excl transformer) 3122 785 90450bull ComPair interface (excl transformer) 4822 727 21631bull Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version) 3122

785 60040bull Starter kit SearchMan32 software 3122 785 60050bull ComPair32 CD (update) 3122 785 60070 (year 2002)

3122 785 60110 (year 2003 onwards)bull SearchMan32 CD (update) 3122 785 60080 (year 2002)

3122 785 60120 (year 2003) 3122 785 60130 (year 2004)bull ComPair firmware upgrade IC 3122 785 90510bull Transformer (non-UK) 4822 727 21632bull Transformer UK 4822 727 21633bull ComPair interface cable 3122 785 90004bull ComPair interface extension cable 3139 131 03791

545 Error Buffer

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

546 How To Read the Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 waysbull On screen via the SDAM (only if you have a picture)

Examplesndash ERROR 0 0 0 0 0 No errors detectedndash ERROR 6 0 0 0 0 Error code 6 is the last and only

detected errorndash ERROR 9 6 0 0 0 Error code 6 was first detected and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) errorbull Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture) See next paragraphbull Via ComPair

547 How to Clear the Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following casesbull By activation of the CLEAR command in the SDAM menubull If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours it resets automatically

NoteWhen leaving SDAM by disconnecting the set from AC power the error buffer is not reset

E_06532_008eps180804

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 7: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 7L032L AA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Modes53 Problems and Solving Tips54 ComPair55 Error Codes56 The Blinking LED Procedure57 Protections58 Repair Tips

51 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx On the PCB test points are specifically mentioned in the service manual as ldquohalf moonsrdquo with a dot in the center

Perform measurements under the following conditionsbull Service Default Alignment Modebull Video color bar signalbull Audio 3 kHz left 1 kHz right

52 Service Modes

Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) offers several features for the service technician

There is also the option of using ComPair a hardware interface between a computer (see requirements below) and the TV chassis It offers the ability of structured trouble shooting test pattern generation error code reading software version readout and software upgrading Minimum Requirements a Pentium Processor Windows 9598 and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph ldquoComPairrdquo)

Table 5-1 SW Cluster

521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)

Purposebull To change option settingsbull To create a predefined setting to get the same

measurement results as given in this manualbull To display clear the error code buffer bull To override SW protectionsbull To perform alignmentsbull To start the blinking LED procedure

Specifications

Table 5-2 SDM default settings

bull All picture settings at 50 (brightness color contrast hue)

bull Bass treble and balance at 50 volume at 25 bull All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled like

ndash (Sleep) timer ndash Childparental lock ndash Blue mute ndash Hotelhospitality modendash Auto switch-off (when no ldquoIDENTrdquo video signal is

received for 15 minutes)ndash Skip blank of non-favorite presets channelsndash Auto store of personal presetsndash Auto user menu time-out

bull Operation hours counterbull Software versionbull Option settingsbull Error buffer reading and erasingbull Software alignments

How to enter SDAMUse one of the following methodsbull Use a standard customer RC-transmitter and key in the

code 062596 directly followed by the ldquoMrdquo (menu) button orbull Short jumper wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 on the mono

carrier (see Fig 8-1) and apply AC power Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up)Caution Entering SDAM by shortening wires 9257 and pin 4 of 7200 will override the +8V-protection Do this only for a short period When doing this the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing as it could lead to damaging the set

bull Or via ComPair After entering SDAM the following screen is visible with S at the upper right side for recognition

Figure 5-1 SDAM menu

bull LLLL This is the operation hours counter It counts the normal operation hours not the standby hours

bull AAABCD-XY This is the software identification of the main micro controller ndash A = the project name (L03)ndash B = the region E= Europe A= Asia Pacific U= NAFTA

L= LATAMndash C = the feature of software diversity N = stereo non-

DBX S = stereo dBx M = mono D = DVD ndash D = the language cluster numberndash X = the main software version numberndash Y = the sub software version number

bull S Indication of the actual mode S= SDAM= Service Default Alignment mode

bull Error buffers Five errors possiblebull Option bytes Seven codes possible

SW Cluster

Software name UOC type

UOC Diversity

Special Features

L3SUM1 L03UM1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Mono

L3SUN1 L03UN1 xy TDA9377 55K ROM Size

Stereo (non DBX)

Abbreviations in Software name U = Nafta M = Mono N = Stereo

Region Freq (MHz)Default system

Europe AP-PALMulti 47525 PAL BG

NAFTA AP-NTSC LATAM 6125 (ch 3) NTSC M

13 13

13

13

13

CL 36532044_033eps130603

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 8 L032L AA5

bull Clear Erase the contents of the error buffer Select the CLEAR menu item and press the CURSOR RIGHT key The content of the error buffer is cleared

bull Options To set the Option Bytes See chapter 831 for a detailed description

bull AKB Disable (0) or enable (1) the ldquoblack current looprdquo (AKB = Auto Kine Bias)

bull Tuner To align the Tuner See chapter 832 for a detailed description

bull White Tone To align the White Tone See chapter 833 for a detailed description

bull Geometry To align the set geometry See chapter 834 for a detailed description

bull Audio Use default value (Stereo set only) align when necessary See chapter 83x for a detailed description

How to navigatebull In SDAM select menu items with the CURSOR UPDOWN

key on the remote control transmitter The selected item will be highlighted When not all menu items fit on the screen move the CURSOR UPDOWN key to display the next previous menu items

bull With the CURSOR LEFTRIGHT keys it is possible tondash Activate the selected menu itemndash Change the value of the selected menu itemndash Activate the selected submenu

bull When you press the MENU button twice the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SDAM mode still active in the background) To return to the SDAM menu press the OSD STATUS button

bull When you press the MENU key in a submenu you will return to the previous menu

How to store settingsTo store settings leave the SDAM mode with the Standby button on the remote

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control (if you switch the set off by removing the AC power the set will return in SDAM when AC power is re-applied) The error buffer is not cleared

53 Problems and Solving Tips

531 Picture Problems

Note Below described problems are all related to the TV settings The procedures to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described

No colors noise in picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Colors not correct unstable picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Picture too dark or too brightIncrease decrease the BRIGHTNESS and or the CONTRAST value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control bull The picture improves after you have switched on the

Customer Service ModeThe new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

White line around picture elements and textDecrease the SHARPNESS value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Snowy picturebull No or bad antenna signal Connect a proper antenna

signalbull Antenna not connected Connect the antennabull No channel pre-set is stored at this program number Go

to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number

bull The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will contain error number 10) Check the tuner and replace repair if necessary

Snowy picture andor unstable picturebull A scrambled or decoded signal is received

Black and white pictureIncrease the COLOR value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Menu text not sharp enoughDecrease the CONTRAST value whenThe picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

532 Sound Problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)Increase decrease the VOLUME level Press the Smart Sound button repeatedly to access 4 different types of sound settings and choose your desired setting

54 ComPair

541 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control) which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics ComPair has three big advantagesbull ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures

bull ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

bull ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away

542 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable In this chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 9L032L AA 5

connector (located on the Main panel (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments) The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two waysbull Automatic (by communication with the television)

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer Diagnosis is done on I2C level ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television In this way it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set

bull Manually (by asking questions to you) Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extent When this is not the case ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (eg Does the screen give a picture Click on the correct answer YES NO) and showing you examples (eg Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope) You can answer by clicking on a link (eg text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question answer procedure ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way Besides fault finding ComPair provides some additional features likebull Up- or downloading of pre-setsbull Managing of pre-set listsbull Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST)bull If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink Example Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (SchematicPanel) at the Mono-carrier ndash Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568 ndash Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor

543 How to Connect ComPair

1 First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions)

2 Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ldquoPCrdquo) of the ComPair interface

3 Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ldquoPOWER 9V DCrdquo) on the ComPair interface

4 Switch the ComPair interface OFF5 Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power)6 Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ldquoI2Crdquo) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments)

7 Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface The green and red LEDs light up together The red LED extinguishes after approx 1 second while the green LED remains lit

8 Start the ComPair program and read the ldquointroductionrdquo chapter

Figure 5-2 ComPair connection

544 How to Order

ComPair order codes (EUAPLATAM)bull Starter kit ComPair32SearchMan32 software and

ComPair interface (excl transformer) 3122 785 90450bull ComPair interface (excl transformer) 4822 727 21631bull Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version) 3122

785 60040bull Starter kit SearchMan32 software 3122 785 60050bull ComPair32 CD (update) 3122 785 60070 (year 2002)

3122 785 60110 (year 2003 onwards)bull SearchMan32 CD (update) 3122 785 60080 (year 2002)

3122 785 60120 (year 2003) 3122 785 60130 (year 2004)bull ComPair firmware upgrade IC 3122 785 90510bull Transformer (non-UK) 4822 727 21632bull Transformer UK 4822 727 21633bull ComPair interface cable 3122 785 90004bull ComPair interface extension cable 3139 131 03791

545 Error Buffer

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

546 How To Read the Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 waysbull On screen via the SDAM (only if you have a picture)

Examplesndash ERROR 0 0 0 0 0 No errors detectedndash ERROR 6 0 0 0 0 Error code 6 is the last and only

detected errorndash ERROR 9 6 0 0 0 Error code 6 was first detected and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) errorbull Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture) See next paragraphbull Via ComPair

547 How to Clear the Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following casesbull By activation of the CLEAR command in the SDAM menubull If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours it resets automatically

NoteWhen leaving SDAM by disconnecting the set from AC power the error buffer is not reset

E_06532_008eps180804

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 8: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 8 L032L AA5

bull Clear Erase the contents of the error buffer Select the CLEAR menu item and press the CURSOR RIGHT key The content of the error buffer is cleared

bull Options To set the Option Bytes See chapter 831 for a detailed description

bull AKB Disable (0) or enable (1) the ldquoblack current looprdquo (AKB = Auto Kine Bias)

bull Tuner To align the Tuner See chapter 832 for a detailed description

bull White Tone To align the White Tone See chapter 833 for a detailed description

bull Geometry To align the set geometry See chapter 834 for a detailed description

bull Audio Use default value (Stereo set only) align when necessary See chapter 83x for a detailed description

How to navigatebull In SDAM select menu items with the CURSOR UPDOWN

key on the remote control transmitter The selected item will be highlighted When not all menu items fit on the screen move the CURSOR UPDOWN key to display the next previous menu items

bull With the CURSOR LEFTRIGHT keys it is possible tondash Activate the selected menu itemndash Change the value of the selected menu itemndash Activate the selected submenu

bull When you press the MENU button twice the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SDAM mode still active in the background) To return to the SDAM menu press the OSD STATUS button

bull When you press the MENU key in a submenu you will return to the previous menu

How to store settingsTo store settings leave the SDAM mode with the Standby button on the remote

How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control (if you switch the set off by removing the AC power the set will return in SDAM when AC power is re-applied) The error buffer is not cleared

53 Problems and Solving Tips

531 Picture Problems

Note Below described problems are all related to the TV settings The procedures to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described

No colors noise in picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Colors not correct unstable picture1 Press the MENU button on the remote control2 Select the INSTALLATION sub menu3 Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and

sound are correct4 Select the STORE menu item

Picture too dark or too brightIncrease decrease the BRIGHTNESS and or the CONTRAST value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control bull The picture improves after you have switched on the

Customer Service ModeThe new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

White line around picture elements and textDecrease the SHARPNESS value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Snowy picturebull No or bad antenna signal Connect a proper antenna

signalbull Antenna not connected Connect the antennabull No channel pre-set is stored at this program number Go

to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number

bull The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will contain error number 10) Check the tuner and replace repair if necessary

Snowy picture andor unstable picturebull A scrambled or decoded signal is received

Black and white pictureIncrease the COLOR value whenbull The picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart

Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

Menu text not sharp enoughDecrease the CONTRAST value whenThe picture improves after you have pressed the ldquoSmart Picturerdquo button on the remote control The new ldquoPersonalrdquo preference value is automatically stored

532 Sound Problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)Increase decrease the VOLUME level Press the Smart Sound button repeatedly to access 4 different types of sound settings and choose your desired setting

54 ComPair

541 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control) which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics ComPair has three big advantagesbull ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures

bull ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

bull ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away

542 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable In this chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 9L032L AA 5

connector (located on the Main panel (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments) The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two waysbull Automatic (by communication with the television)

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer Diagnosis is done on I2C level ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television In this way it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set

bull Manually (by asking questions to you) Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extent When this is not the case ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (eg Does the screen give a picture Click on the correct answer YES NO) and showing you examples (eg Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope) You can answer by clicking on a link (eg text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question answer procedure ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way Besides fault finding ComPair provides some additional features likebull Up- or downloading of pre-setsbull Managing of pre-set listsbull Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST)bull If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink Example Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (SchematicPanel) at the Mono-carrier ndash Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568 ndash Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor

543 How to Connect ComPair

1 First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions)

2 Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ldquoPCrdquo) of the ComPair interface

3 Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ldquoPOWER 9V DCrdquo) on the ComPair interface

4 Switch the ComPair interface OFF5 Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power)6 Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ldquoI2Crdquo) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments)

7 Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface The green and red LEDs light up together The red LED extinguishes after approx 1 second while the green LED remains lit

8 Start the ComPair program and read the ldquointroductionrdquo chapter

Figure 5-2 ComPair connection

544 How to Order

ComPair order codes (EUAPLATAM)bull Starter kit ComPair32SearchMan32 software and

ComPair interface (excl transformer) 3122 785 90450bull ComPair interface (excl transformer) 4822 727 21631bull Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version) 3122

785 60040bull Starter kit SearchMan32 software 3122 785 60050bull ComPair32 CD (update) 3122 785 60070 (year 2002)

3122 785 60110 (year 2003 onwards)bull SearchMan32 CD (update) 3122 785 60080 (year 2002)

3122 785 60120 (year 2003) 3122 785 60130 (year 2004)bull ComPair firmware upgrade IC 3122 785 90510bull Transformer (non-UK) 4822 727 21632bull Transformer UK 4822 727 21633bull ComPair interface cable 3122 785 90004bull ComPair interface extension cable 3139 131 03791

545 Error Buffer

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

546 How To Read the Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 waysbull On screen via the SDAM (only if you have a picture)

Examplesndash ERROR 0 0 0 0 0 No errors detectedndash ERROR 6 0 0 0 0 Error code 6 is the last and only

detected errorndash ERROR 9 6 0 0 0 Error code 6 was first detected and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) errorbull Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture) See next paragraphbull Via ComPair

547 How to Clear the Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following casesbull By activation of the CLEAR command in the SDAM menubull If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours it resets automatically

NoteWhen leaving SDAM by disconnecting the set from AC power the error buffer is not reset

E_06532_008eps180804

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 9: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 9L032L AA 5

connector (located on the Main panel (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments) The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two waysbull Automatic (by communication with the television)

ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer Diagnosis is done on I2C level ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television In this way it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set

bull Manually (by asking questions to you) Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extent When this is not the case ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (eg Does the screen give a picture Click on the correct answer YES NO) and showing you examples (eg Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope) You can answer by clicking on a link (eg text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question answer procedure ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way Besides fault finding ComPair provides some additional features likebull Up- or downloading of pre-setsbull Managing of pre-set listsbull Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST)bull If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink Example Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (SchematicPanel) at the Mono-carrier ndash Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568 ndash Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor

543 How to Connect ComPair

1 First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions)

2 Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ldquoPCrdquo) of the ComPair interface

3 Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ldquoPOWER 9V DCrdquo) on the ComPair interface

4 Switch the ComPair interface OFF5 Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power)6 Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ldquoI2Crdquo) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure Top view Mono Carrier in chapter 8 Alignments)

7 Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface The green and red LEDs light up together The red LED extinguishes after approx 1 second while the green LED remains lit

8 Start the ComPair program and read the ldquointroductionrdquo chapter

Figure 5-2 ComPair connection

544 How to Order

ComPair order codes (EUAPLATAM)bull Starter kit ComPair32SearchMan32 software and

ComPair interface (excl transformer) 3122 785 90450bull ComPair interface (excl transformer) 4822 727 21631bull Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version) 3122

785 60040bull Starter kit SearchMan32 software 3122 785 60050bull ComPair32 CD (update) 3122 785 60070 (year 2002)

3122 785 60110 (year 2003 onwards)bull SearchMan32 CD (update) 3122 785 60080 (year 2002)

3122 785 60120 (year 2003) 3122 785 60130 (year 2004)bull ComPair firmware upgrade IC 3122 785 90510bull Transformer (non-UK) 4822 727 21632bull Transformer UK 4822 727 21633bull ComPair interface cable 3122 785 90004bull ComPair interface extension cable 3139 131 03791

545 Error Buffer

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

546 How To Read the Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 waysbull On screen via the SDAM (only if you have a picture)

Examplesndash ERROR 0 0 0 0 0 No errors detectedndash ERROR 6 0 0 0 0 Error code 6 is the last and only

detected errorndash ERROR 9 6 0 0 0 Error code 6 was first detected and

error code 9 is the last detected (newest) errorbull Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no

picture) See next paragraphbull Via ComPair

547 How to Clear the Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following casesbull By activation of the CLEAR command in the SDAM menubull If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours it resets automatically

NoteWhen leaving SDAM by disconnecting the set from AC power the error buffer is not reset

E_06532_008eps180804

PC VCR I2CPower9V DC

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 10: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 10 L032L AA5

55 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults clear the error buffer before you begin the repair These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present If possible check the entire contents of the error buffer In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (eg a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection)

Table 5-3 Error Code Table

56 The Blinking LED Procedure

Via this procedure you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED This is especially useful when there is no picture When the SDAM is entered the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer bull n short blinks (n = 1 - 14)bull When all the error-codes are displayed the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 sbull The sequence starts again

Example of error buffer 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDAM bull 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 sbull 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequencebull the sequence starts again

57 Protections

If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary the set will be put in the protection mode Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode In some error cases the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SDAM) the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has one service modes implementedbull The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) Start-up of

the set in a predefined way and adjustment of the set via a menu and with the help of test patterns

58 Repair Tips

Below some failure symptoms are given followed by a repair tipbull Set is dead and makes hiccupping sound ldquoMain

Supplyrdquo is available Hiccupping stops when de-soldering L5563 meaning that problem is in the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo line No output voltages at LOT no horizontal deflection Reason line transistor 7421 is defective

bull Set is dead and makes no sound Check power supply IC 7520 Result voltage at pins 2 6 7 9 and 11 are about 180 V and pin 14 is 0 V The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 11) has an open load That is why MOSFET 7521 is not able to switch Reason feedback resistor 3523 is defective Caution be careful measuring on the gate of 7521 circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged

bull Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5 As it is unlikely that the ldquoPORrdquo and ldquo+8V protectionrdquo happen at the same time measure the ldquo+8Vrdquo If this voltage is missing check transistor 7491 and 7496

bull Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ldquoMain Supplyrdquo voltage Signal ldquoStdby_conrdquo must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (33 V) under standby and fault conditions

bull Set turns on but without picture and sound The screen shows snow but OSD and other menus are okay Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11 so problem is expected in the tuner (pos 1000) Check presence of supply voltages As ldquoVlotaux+5Vrdquo at pin 5 and 7 are okay ldquoVT_supplyrdquo at pin 9 is missing Conclusion resistor 3449 and 3450 are defective

ERROR Device Error description Check item Diagram

0 Not applicable No Error - -

1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A2

2 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853H Tone control amp Audio processor I2Cidentification error

7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A1

6 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A4

7 Not applicable - - -

8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -

9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A4

10 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection 3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT

B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -

13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -

14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 11: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 11L032L AA 6

6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

Block Diagram

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

E_14560_017eps240304

P1

P4P6

A5

A4

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

7200-DTDA93XX

DRAIN

DRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561MAIN SUPPLY

-12V

5563

5560 6560P3

P2

Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

P5

6520

3528

7523

FRONT IOA7

V

L

AUDIO PROCESSING (BTSC STEREO DECODER)A5MONO

V

L

R

STEREO

A8A6

A7

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA6

A4

7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)

6 2

5

1

L+

L8

9VOLUME

1

1900

A94 L-

A1010 R-

A1112 R+

R

4

5

1

2

FILAMENT

A8

FRAME

LINE

L1_IN

7861TDA9853H

R1_IN

INPUTSELECT

SY_CVBS_IN

SY_CVBS_IN

L1_IN

R1_IN

1

18 Main_OutR

Main_OutL

Main_OutR

Main_OutL8

26

438 3865

3866BTSC STEREO

+DECODER

ERR4

18

7451

EHT

MAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2SYNCA4

A1

D7

D4

D1

D8

D9

A2

A1

D2

V2

D5

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

D33424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

V

H

7

2

36

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6A2

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

33

22

34

21

20

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

6447+160VD

+160VD

-12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3459

6452

6451

D10

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

A2EHT0

H-DRIVE

Hflybk

H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT

V-DRVE+

GEOMETRY

VIDEOINTERNAL

EW+

GEOMETRY

HV SYNCSEPERATOR

H-OSC+PLL

3463

3465

2490 3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

V-DRIVE -

V-DRIVE +

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

HEADPHONEA7

L+

L-

R-

R+

L+

L-

R-

R+

V7

V8

5602

364236433605

3604

56035601

A3A5

FRONT CONTROLA7 CONTROLA4 +33V

WP

36013602

+3V3

+33V

F1

57

162112MHz58

1

KEYBOARDLOCAL

KEYBOARD

CHANNEL + -VOLUME + -

7200-BTDA93XX

VSTPWM-DAC

ROMRAM

CPU

IICBUS

IOPORTS

11 7

3

2

8

6

5

54 61 56

IR 62

8

7641M24C04

EEPROM(NVM)

SDA

SCL

A11 Std_Con

A64 VOLUME

SDA

SCL

9625SDAM

110PAGES

MEMORY

TELETEXTCC

+OSD

CVBS SYNC

ERR9

6692TSOP1836

IR

SPEAKER 2 X 5W 16 Ohm 2 X 3W 8 Ohm 2 X 1W 8 Ohm

CRTB1

13001

2

3

5

6

7

8

3305

3309

3301

V12

V13

V14

V16

V15

V17

4

R

G

B

R

G

B CRT(9P)

25kV

FOCUS

EHT

VG2 FOCUS EHT

VG2

7

9

3

4 5 6 8

730873137314

R

731273177318

B

731073157316

G

0165AQUADAG

6318

3318

+170V0

3313

+170V0

A5A7

5201

IF VIDEO PROCESSINGA4

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

(MONO)

+8V

+8VD

23

38

7202

3203

3205

7201

44

24

27

L1_IN

35

AUDIO CARRIERFILTER

7200-ATDA93XX

VIDEOIF

AGC

VIDEOPLL

DEMOD

VIDEOAMPLIFIER

SOUNDFM-DEMODDE-EMPH

AUDIOSWITCH

SOUNDAMPL+ AVL

V9

AM_FM_MONO

40120145MHz

43NC

NC

42

7200-CTDA93XX

IOSWITCHING

Y-DELAY

R-Y

B-Y

U

V

R

G

B

RED

GREEN

BLUE

51

52

53

49

Y

VIDEOFILTERS

RGBMATRIX

RGBINSERT

BLACKSTRETCH

WHITESTRETCH

RGBCONTROL

OSDTEXTCCINSERT

BLUESTRETCH

WHITE-PADJ

VIDEOIDENT

1622

PALNTSCDECODER

BASEBANDDELAY

3620

3619

3621

R_SC1_IN_V_ING_SC1_IN_Y_INB_SC1_IN_U_IN

FBL_SC1_IN

4746 48 45 50

V10

V11

1

2

3

1400 1

2

3

4

5

OSD

A2BEAM-LIMIT

A2FRAME_OUT

BLK_IN

FILAMENT

T1

V1

1003

SDA

SCL

ComPairCONN

TV TUNER

SDA

SCL

6001BZX79-C33

TUNER IFA3

A4

A4

A2

1000UV13366 7 9

1

2

1

+5V

VT_SUPPLY_AVT_SUPPLY

VT

AGC5 4

IF

2

3

11

1001

ERR10

POWER (USA only)

SDA

SCL

A3A1

A2

+5V3901

Vaudio

2904

2906

3911

6909

3003 3004

3624

3319

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 12: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

EN 12L032L AA 6Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms

I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

POWER SUPPLY

1512

43

2

1

2

7

10

11

3

6

2 5

6

1

151190VAC-130VAClow range

3543

5562

3544

A1

DegaussingCoil

1515

5520

7580

7520TEA1506

DRAINDRIVER

SENSE

DEMAG

CONTROLIC

CTRL

Vcc

ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)

6501

6503

6500

6502

5502

8

1

2

4

3

1500

T4E

25046562

6561

-12V -12V

5563

5560 6560 Vaudio

3549

A4

A2

Std_Con

HOT GROUND COLD GROUND

7540 6540

REFERENCECIRCUIT

7541

+3V3A +3V3A

STANDBYCIRCUIT

7515TCET1103

3527

3525

3523

3526

752114

11

9

35227

D

SG

6520

3528

7523

7451

EHT

F_15380_001eps050405

FRAME

MAINSUPPLYMAINSUPPLY

DEFLECTIONA2

A1

-12V

7421BUT11APX5421

3424

02211

4

HORDEFLCOIL

14021

2VERTDEFLCOIL

5441

1

7

2

FOCUS VG2

EHT

10 EHT

A4EHT 0

A4

A4

A3

A6

BEAM-LIMIT

3447

9

64468

5

4

6463

3445

3446

3475

VT SUPPLY

VT SUPPLY6447

+160VD

+160VD

-12V -12V

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

FILAMENT

3448

3313

3459

6452

6001-C33

6451

6444

64483443

3444

FRAME OUT

6422

2423

2406

5401 3402

3403

7423

7422

3425Vaudio

FILAMENT

3463

3465

3464

7463

74617465

7462

-12V

3470

7466

7464

3474

3451

2455

FOCUS

EHT

VG2

1400

2

3

3423

6423

2428

3410

2460

6462

6461

2465

3503

3506

t

3581

6522

2521

RESERVED

H-DRIVE

V-DRIVE-

V-DRIVE+

TUNER IFA3+ 5 V+ 5 V

+ 8V

1300

7

8

VT supplyVT supply

VT Supply-A

CRTB1

EHT

FOCUS

FILAMENT

170 V0

To VIDEOOUTPUTS

VG2

AUDIO PROCESSINGA55861

41 - 7861

+ 5V

AUDIO AMPLIFIERA61 - 7901or1 - 7902

+ 5V

FILAMENTFILAMENT

+ 3V3A

AUDIO FRONT IOA7

+3V3A

Vaudio

1x

1x

3x

2x

VIDEO PROCESSINGB1A4Vaudio

FILA-MENT

4379

3493

74933494

3

A1

A2

In

1

3495

5482

4491

+3V3

+5V

+8V 1x

+8VD

+3V3A

6491

7494

6492

3496

3497

7496

7491

3492

3491VTSupply-A

+8V

2x

1x

1x

Vaudio

VIDEO PROCESSINGA4 TUNER IFA3

3605

7641M24C16 EEPROM

(NVM)

3604

3643

3642

65

3

2

11 WP 7

ERR9

7200-B

SETPROCESSOR

PART OFVIDEO-

PROCESSORTDA93XX

ERR6

SDA

SCL

SCL

SDA

3602

+33V

3644

+33V

3601

+33V

1000TUNERUV1336

3003

3004

45

ERR10

1

2

1003

3

AUDIO BTSC STEREODECODER(economic)

A5

7861TDA9853H

AUDIOPROC

3865

3866

4038

ERR4

SCL

SDA

FORCOMPAIR

ONLY

I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

ERROR CODE LIST

Error Device Error description Check item Diagram0 Not applicable No Error - -1 Not applicable X-Ray Protection (USA) 7421 2423 6421 6422 A22 Not applicable Horizontal Protection 7421 7422 7423 A2

3 Not applicable Vertical Protection7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 A2

4 TDA9853HTone control amp Audio processor I2C identification error 7861 (StereoSap) A5

5 TDA93XX POR 33V 8V Protection 7200 7541 7491 7493 7496 A4 A16 I2C bus General I2C bus error 7200 3604 3605 A47 Not applicable - - -8 Not applicable EW Protection (Large Screen) - -9 M24C16 NVM I2C identification error 7641 3641 3642 3643 A410 Tuner Tuner I2C identification error 1000 3003 3004 A3

11 Not applicable Black current loop protection

3313 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 CRT B1

12 Not applicable MAP I2C identification error (USA) - -13 Not applicable VC I2C identification error (Eu) - -14 Not applicable DVD I2C identification error - -

1x

2x

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 13: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms EN 13L032L AA 6

Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel

3

45

6

7

8

8 910

11

1302

1300 CRT

Socke

t

V17

V15

V16

V14

V13

V12

23 1

CRT TRACK SIDE VIEWMONO CARRIER TRACK SIDE VIEW

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

P1

50V div DC5micros div

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

F1

1V div AC2ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

V2

D6

1V div AC5ms div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

E_14560_019eps180304

D1 97V DC

2

2

1 6

7

321

133

1

12

18

23

34

21

22

3264

11

1

1

1000

11

3

8

9

10

D1

P4P6

P1

P2

D9

D8

T1

D6

D2

D3

LOT5441

75207521

5520

6461

6447

P3

A4

A5

6560

6561

D

S

G

7421

1000

E

BC

7464EB

C

5

1234

D10

3

1 F1

D5

D4

36023601

V7

V8

3643

7200

1622

3642

V2

V11

V10

V9

6692

7861

D7

7463

E B C

TUNER

VIDEOPROC

AUDIOPROC

HOT

COLD

05V div DC20micros div

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 14: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

EN 14L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Power Supply

+t

V

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

VALLEY

START-UP

CURRENT SOURCE

CURRENTSENSING

OUTPUTDRIVER

OVERPOWER

LOGIC

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

MAXIMUMON-TIME

PROTECTION

VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR

OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM

POWER-ONRESET

SUPPLYMANAGEMENT

FREQUENCY Demag

Driver

PROTECTION

CONTROL

INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT

BURSTDETECTOR

Drain

Sense

Vcc

Gnd

Ctrl

t

COLD GROUND

RES

10R

- P

TC

3M3

112V6

RES

0V0

6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1500 B21501 B31511 C11512 B1

56R

8V1

BY

V95

A

0V0

4V6

$

82n

DEGAUSSING COIL

1V2

$

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5

MAINS

7V4

RE

S

HOT

FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

G

For Relay Cct

1515 A71520 D11521 D92452 F112453 F102500 C32501 B52502 B52504 B62505 B22507 B62515 C72520 G22521 E22522 D62523 E62524 E52525 F52526 E22527 F1

1n5

RES

12V6

0V0

5V2

0V0

2528 G62540 F92541 G92542 G72543 F62560 D82561 D92562 D92564 D102580 B72584 C63452 F113453 F103454 F93456 F113500 C23501 D23502 C43503 B43505 C3

LOW RANGE

RES

90VAC-130VAC

130V0

HOT GROUND

RES

16V2

3V3

V Normal Operation in SERVICE MODE

STP5NK50ZFP

T4E250V

3506 D43507 D23508 B43509 D33510 D33519 F63520 G23521 F23522 E53523 E53524 E53525 E53526 E63527 D53528 F1

6V3

S

330K

BZ

X79

-C9V

1

3541 F83542 E93543 E103544 F93545 G83547 F103548 F93549 E93580 A73581 F63582 D104501 E55502 C45509 E85520 C75521 D65560 D85562 C95563 D106500 B56501 B66502 B5

(V) Standy Mode

330K

6503 B66505 D26520 E26522 F66540 F86541 E96560 D86561 D96562 C96580 A87451 F107515 F77520 D27521 E6

7523 F17540 F97541 G87580 A79502 C49503 A69505 D29509 D8

5521

1501PFC5000

5520

D

3M3

0R15

8V0

COLD

9V1

114V3

3V8

POWER SUPPLY

14RF

1N5SS28032-02A

RGP15DRGP15D

13V19V

2523

-12V4

0V0

-12V0

9V1

8V8

16V5

4V7

220V AC 309V (317V)

A2

BYV95A

RE

S

Item

2515

6502

1N5062 (COL)

330K

3522

47u

2580

AudioSupplyGndAudioSupplyGnd_A

EHT

AudioSupplyGnd_A

L_GND

SS28011-04

A4

2N2

56p

TEA1506

4V7

3V3

6V9

820K

1N8 1N52562552065206522

BYV95ABYV95A

P4

220R

3509

7451

BC857B

3500

1520

4

3 2

1N5062 (COL)

6500

23

14

2564

P1

1K0

3525

47u

9502

3454

10K

6541

5509

BC847B

7580

3508

1M5

3506 SB340

6560

2453

4n7

6503

1N5062 (COL)

6522

7

8

1

10

112

3

5

6

G5P

1515

1

2

5562

1512

2541

10n

2524

3503

2507

5560

2543

1n0

2562

2n2

82K

3543

1K5

3542

15K

3548

2525

470p

220n

2500

7521

33K3507

1K2

3520

2527

2n2

P2

P6

2501

3547

2526

1n0

100K

3453

7540BC547B

2528

22u

50V

2520

10n

BC857B7523

3452

3456

47K

2584

220p

470p

2522

5563

27u

7520

10

11

142

3

6

7

8

9

P3

9509

6520

3505

3521

3523

2m2

16V

4501

2561

PFC50001500

6540

BZ

X79

-B6V

8

3544

6K8

7515TCET1103(G)

1

10K

3528

6501

1N5062 (COL)

6561

6580

1N41

48

BYW76

6562

47K

3580

5502

C914 31

46

2K2

3545

3526

9505

1

2

470R

3541

1511

3582

2521 22

u

3581

7541

PDTC114ET

DSP

35103501

3549

220R

AudioSupplyGnd_A

3502

3519

3K3

2452

2560

2n2

2540

15n

2K2

1n8

2523

3527

9503

3524

2n2

2505

470n

2542

400V

1521

2504

150u

P5

2n2

2502

6505

BZX384-C22

-12V

Std_Con

MainSupply

+3V3A

Vaudio

3139 123 58021E_14560_003eps

150304

P1

50V div DC5micros div

P6

2V div DC5micros div

P5

100V div DC5micros div

P2 97V DCP3 13V5 DCP4 17V8 DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 15: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 15L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Deflection

VG2

EHT

FOCUS

6422

BY

D33

M

2447

10u

D5

9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1400 E101401 C41402 G61463 E81464 E112405 D32406 D42408 D52420 B22421 B32423 A4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1n2462

2424 A42426 B22427 B12428 D22429 B22441 C92444 E82446 E82447 E82455 D92457 E72460 E62461 F22462 F32463 F32464 F32465 F52470 F52471 B12473 C73402 D53403 D43410 C93422 A33423 C23424 B13425 C13426 B33428 B33430 C23432 C23439 D83440 D83441 C83442 D83443 D73444 D73445 D73446 E63447 C83448 D83449 C83450 C93451 C93455 C93457 C83459 D83460 D93461 F13462 G23463 F23464 G33465 G23466 G33468 E43470 F4

1K

3466

3471 F53472 G53473 H53474 H53475 F63476 F63478 G55401 E55402 E45421 C35441 B56422 A46423 C16426 B26444 D76445 C76446 D76447 D76448 D76451 C96452 D96453 D86460 F36461 F66462 E56463 E66464 F47421 B37422 B27423 C27440 C87461 F27462 F37463 G4

7464 E47465 G57466 F49402 E4

TO 1300OF CRT PANEL

3478

D4

2470

15n

3410

68K

2K2

3464

3R3

3474

DEFLECTION

Item

VERTICAL

0V9

0V0

46V4

TO CRT PANEL

RES

23V8

A2

COIL

137V0

3V4

COIL

-7V0

HORIZONTAL

140V0

0V0

DEFLECTION

-11V9

3V5

A4

RE

S

RE

S

-12V0

A4

1V4

0V0

-12V5

6V0

120K

0V8

0V0

-0V5

Frame Deflection

0V3

120K

LOT

A2

TO PICTURE TUBE

0V0

A4

-12V5

0V0

0V0

A4

5V6

0V0

-12V6

33K

10K150K

DEFLECTION

3R9

Line Deflection

A4

A1

100K680R470R

100K

4R71R

680R

360NNO12N680P

15N22N47U2K2

470R

100KJF0501-19255

470P

A4

560N13N

33N100NNO

A4

A4

22N

150K

3R93R91R

150K8K22K2

47KJF0501-19276

4R74R7NO

2473

470p

470u

2446

344734513455

34605441

3R33R3NO

560N15N15N

1N

2K233K

47K

22NNONO36K

47K100K

4R73R93R9220K

19V 13V 14RF

JF0501-19255

3R33R3

347334742406240824232424

24412452249434023440

34413442

344334443445

2455

10u

16V64

45

BA

S31

6

1n2461

5421

PSD10-204B

1

3

5

6

RGP10D

6447

BC817-257422

1401VH

1

4

11425441

1

10

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

3403

1K

BC807-25

7423

BF4237440

470p

2464

470p

24572R

2

3470

3455

2K2

RGP10D

3446

1R

6462

3402

2K2

BC546B

7463

1R

3448

2420

100n

3442

BD135

7464

330R

3468

D8

1R

3423

BUT11APX

7421

3471

220R

D6

7465BD136

BZ

X79

-C33

6453

DC

12

5402

3457

2M2

3441

7466BC847B

D2

220R

3472

3461

2K2

9402

47R

100K

3460

3426

D9

3450

33K

1463

2463

100u

50V

3462

1M

1R

2426 1n

3444

6452

BAS316

3424

22R

1400 DIPMATE1

2

3

2428

47u

BC857B7461

33n2441

33u

5401

2405

47u

2423

10n

2460

56n

D7

D3

1464

D1

BA

S31

6

6426

7462

BC857B

33K

3449

2429

220n

BA

S31

6

6460

3465

1K

2444

470u

D10

2

160V

10u24

65

VH

1402

1

100K

3447

6444

EGP20DL

3473

3R3

2408

12n

1R0

3440

33K

RGP10D

6446

1K3432

6461

RGP10D

BAS316

6451

2427

100n

8K2

3451

330R

3425

6448

2424

820p

3445

10K

1R

3475

3422

330K

3428

68R

2471

6463

100n

2421

2406

470n

RGP10D

2K2

3430

1K0

3463

150K

3459

BAS316

6423

3439

3R3

3476

8K2

6464

BA

S31

6

-12V

160VD

EHTO

FILAMENT

FILAMENT1R

3443

MainSupply

HDRIVE

VDrive-

VDrive+

VTSupply

-12V

Vaudio

-12V

FILAMENT

Hflybk

Frame_FB

MainSupplyGND

EHT

Beam_Limit

Frame_OUT

-12V

3139 123 58021E_14560_004eps

150304

D3

100V div DC20microsdiv

D2

5V div AC20micros div

D10

2V div DC20micros div

D9

10V div DC20micros div

D8

50V div DC20micros div

D7

20V div DC5ms div

D4

05V div DC5ms div

D5

05V div DC5ms div

D6

1V div AC5ms div

D1 97V DC

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 16: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

EN 16L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Tuner IF

GND NC

B

C

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

1000 C51001 D71003 D31004 E62001 C32002 C42003 D42004 D42005 C62006 C32007 C73001 C33002 C33003 D43004 D43005 C35001 D7

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

5002 C55003 C65004 E66001 C7

1004

1

UV1336

3004

100R

BZ

X79

-C33

RE

S

A4

A4

A4 A4

RE

S

A4

TUNER IF

T1

5001

820n

100R

3003

2001

10n

5002

EH-B

10031

2

3 8

4SCL

5SDA

2TU

7

VS

9

VTS

5003

1000

TUNER

1

AGC

3AS

10

11IF

12 13 14 15 6

10V

470u20

06

3005

100R

5004

100u

2002

3002

22K

6001

OFWG1984M1001

1

2

322

p

2003

3001

4K7

2004

22p

2005

220n

10u

2007

+5V

SCL

SDA

VIF_2

VIF_1

TUNER_AGC

VTSupply_A

VTSupply+5V

3139 123 58021E_14560_005eps

150304

T1

200mV div AC20micros div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 17: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 17L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Video Processing

H-OSC + PLL

PALSECNTSC

DECODER

BASE-BAND

DELAY LINE

LUMA DELAY

PEAKING

BLACK STRETCH

AGC CIRCUITNARROW BAND

PLLDEMODULATOR

VIDEO SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

VIDEO FILTERS

VISION-IF

ALIGNMT-FREEPLL DEMOD

AGCAFC

VIDEO AMP

DEEMPHASIS

AUDIO SWITCH

VOL CONTR

CONTRBRIGHTN

OSDTXT INSERT

CCC

WHITE-P ADJ

RGBYUV INSERTRGBYUV MATRIX

SATURATION

YUVRGBMATRIX

CPUI2C-BUS

VST PWM-DAC

IO PORTS

ROMRAMTELETEXT

ACQUISITION

110 PAGE

MEMORY

TXTOSD

DISPLAY

EW GEOMETRYV-DRIVE +

GEOMETRY

H-DRIVE

2nd LOOP

H-SHIFT

HV SYNC SEP

2G

1I

3O

1201 C21202 E11203 E91621 C41622 E102123 C42201 B22202 B32203 B22204 A42205 C32206 C42207 C22208 C22209 D22210 D22212 E2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5482

10u

9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

7201

BC847B

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5602

5u6

2481 G32482 F22483 G22484 G32485 G32486 G32487 G42488 G52489 G52490 G62491 F12492 C92493 B92494 C82495 A102496 G42497 G52498 G22601 C42602 B52603 C52604 B62605 C72606 C72607 C72608 B7

BZX384-C5V6

6492

2612 D82615 F72616 F82641 B112642 C102643 G23201 A33202 B33203 B43204 B23205 C33206 C33207 C33208 D2

18K

3481

3209 D23210 D23211 E13231 G73232 F73479 B83480 G53481 F33483 G43485 G53486 G53487 G63488 G43489 G63490 G43491 B73492 C73493 B83494 B93495 B93496 A103497 A103498 G33499 G33601 A53602 B53603 B53604 C53605 C53606 B53607 B63618 B5

2607

3619 E73620 E83621 E73624 E93634 C83641 B113642 C103643 C113644 B11

3645 D93646 G24491 B94606 B44661 D95201 B25482 F25601 C75602 C75603 C75604 G96481 G36491 B96492 B106624 F96625 D106626 D86627 D86628 D86681 F87200 C37201 B37202 B47491 B77493 B97494 B107496 A87601 D97641 B109200 B49410 G59476 A10

4491

2210

220n

1n0

2497

2605 100n

9V8

Item

3V3

A4

2V7

5V0

NOJUMP

NONO

330P33P3K93K3NO

FIXD 10U100K

3V3

2202

586148653867

4N7820P

STEREOMONO

A2

A4

3V8

2K7

3861

22063201

A7

0V0

2V3

3V8

2V7

A1

0V8

3v4

A3

A5

0V

3V3

4V2

9V6

1V8

5v0

8V3

2V3

A2

8v2

3V3

To 1300

8V3

A5

1V0

0V

2V6

3V3

3V3 0V

2

4M5

A1

1N

3V4

A2

2v8

9625

3V8

3V3

4V1

3V3

NVM

3V4

8V33V

2

0V

1V3

2v5

2V7 SD

AM

3V4

A7

A5

A7

3V3

2V4

2V9

2V7

3v9

A3

A5

5v3

7V0

1V3

VIDEO PROCESSING

3V3

A2

4V0

3V3

0V

3V0

0V2

8V3

0V8

5V0

2V0

10R

3V3

10R

1V6

A3

RES

11V5

1V8

3V33V

3

2v6

0V

A6

6V5

A2

5V6

of CRT PANEL

0V

A3

0V

1V5

3V3

9V0

A2

A3

2V4

8v3

0V4

3V9

A2

1V6

A7

0V

2V3

A2

2206

4n7

V6

9200

2485 1u

BC847B7202

3634

1K0

10K

3489

3495

33R

2207

100n

L78L337493

2

GND

1IN

3OUT

3621

4606

470R

10V 470u

2204

1K0

3624

100n

2488

3606

10K

100n2606

100n

2203

2K2

3602

470R

3619

100n

2208

V3

BC847B

100p

2481

7491

3K3

3490

9

2489

100n

5859 660 6162 63 647 8

48

49

5

50

51

52

53

5455 5657

39

4

40

41

42

43

44

4546 47

3

30

31

32

3334

35

36

37 38 2

202122

23

24

25 26

27 2829 10 11 12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

7200TDA93XX

1

3603

2K2

6681

BA

S31

6

V11

6626

BA

S31

6

2490

4u7

3485

1K0

3201

2K7

1n0

2642

7601PDTA114ET

3492

3K3

3605

100R

16221

2

3

4

5

3207

390R

2482

3607

100R

1u0

10V

470u24

91

3491

56K

3499

27K

2608

1u

1202

1n 2641

1K3206

3231

560R

BAS316

6624

3497

390R

4u7

5201

1203

100R

3210

2602

33p

3488

100R

3645

100R

3604

1K0

V1

V8

470R

3209

25V

220u24

94

3493

V10

2E1

3E2

1NC

6SCL

5SDA

8

VCC

4

VSS7

WC_

7496BD135

M24C047641680R

3494

2205 10

u

12M

1621

2201

4n7

1K0

3203

2604

10u

16V

V9

39K

3480

3498

10K

2495

470u 10VV5

TPS1201

2487

2n2

4K7

3644

220n

2209

1n0

2496

4661

5u6

5603

4u7

2483

2u2

2498

V2

75R

3204

BAV706491

3208

470R

220p

2643

9476

3643

100R

BA

S31

6

6627

1M3483

6628

BA

S31

6

3496

10R

100n

V7

2486

4n7

2616

10u

16V

BZ

X79

-C8V

2

6625

V4

75R

3211

3232

1K0

2492

22u

25V

2K2

3601

5604 5u6

7494BC337-25

3486

1K0

2612

220u

16V

470n

2601

5u6

5601

2K2

3618

3479

33K

3487

2202

820p

33p

2603

1n0

2615

2493

470u

10V

3202

100R

BA

S31

6

6481

2212

220n

3205

270R

1M0

3646

100R

3641

9410

100R

3642

3620

470R

100n

2484

1u0

2123

VD

rive+

+8V

SCL

SDA

IR

+8V

EH

TO

Beam_Limit

+8V

Hfly

bk

Std

_Con

BLK_IN

VD

rive-

AM

_FM

_MO

NO

+5V+8V

+8VD

GREEN

RED

BLUE

+3V3

Vau

dio

+8V

VO

LUM

E

+3V

3

FIL

AM

EN

T

VT

Sup

ply_

A

SY_CVBS_IN

+8VD

KE

YB

OA

RD

L1_I

N

+5V

+3V

3A

+3V

3

Frame_OUT

VIF_1

VIF_2

TUNER_AGC

HD

RIV

E

SC

L

SD

A

+3V

3

+8V

D

+3V

3

REFO

+8V

3139 123 58021E_14560_006eps

150304

V9

1V div DC20micros div

V10

1V div DC20micros div

V11

1V div DC20micros div

V7

05V div DC20micros div

V8

05V div DC20micros div

V2

05V div DC5ms div

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 18: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

EN 18L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder

CTRL AMP

L-R

VOLUMELEFTCTRL

FIL

REFAND

TONERIGHTCTRL

TONELEFTCTRL

NC

NC

VOLTAGEDET AND

DEMATRIX+

NC

MODESELECT

TRANSC

INPUTSELECT

STEREO DECODER AUTOMATICRIGHTCTRL

LOGIC

VOLUME

I2C

VOLUME ANDLEVEL CONTROL

L+R

SUPPLY

RES

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V1

1861 B51883 E42861 B42862 C22863 C32864 B52865 B52866 D72867 D72868 D72869 D82870 B82871 B72872 B72873 B72874 D52875 D52876 B62877 D52878 D52879 D42880 D32881 D7

A6

3V3

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

4V1

4V1

6V7

A4

6V6

A6

4V1

4V1

RE

S

0V0

4V1

RE

S

RE

S

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

4V1

4V1

4V1

4V1

2882 D62883 E42884 B42885 B42886 E22891 B23861 D63862 C43863 D33864 D33865 F43866 E43867 B54852 D84861 E84863 B84865 E85861 E45862 F97861 C4

4V1

1V1

4V1

0V

AUDIO - BTSC STEREO DECODER (ECONOMIC)

0V0

RES

4V1

A7

4V1

4V1

4V1

0V0

4V

3V3

4V1

0V0

A7

A1

RE

S

4V1

4V1

8V1

8V2

4V1

0V0

4V1

0V0

0V0

A4

A4

470u

2883

2885

220n

100u

2875

1K2

3863

18831

4n7

2879

A2

A5

4u7

2876

2878

2863

1u

2874

100u

2882 48

52

4861

47n

2870

100n

2886

2871

150p

VIR

24

VR

EF

27

100R

3865

44

OUTL 16

OUTR 18

RF

R

7

SC

L

40

SD

A

38 13

TC

1LT

C1R

21

TC

2L

14

20

TC

2R

TW

30 11

VA

L

23

VA

R

VC

AP

28

VC

C

41

VIL

10

CP

H

42

CS

S

6

31

CW

DG

ND

37

35

FDI

FDO

33

LIL

8

LIR

26

LOL

9

25

LOR

MA

D

39

1 12 17 22 34TDA9853H7861

AG

ND

36 15

BC

LB

CR

19

BP

U

32

CA

V

29

CE

R

43

CM

O

5

COMP

4

CP

1

3

CP

2

2

2867

3n3

10u

5861

4865

2891

100n

150p

2868

2u2

2884

3K3

3867

2873

2u2

47n

2869

10u

2877

4863

2881

CS

B1861 514K

5

5862

10u

15K

386210

0R

3864

3n3

2872

2u2

2866

2864

2u2

A4

2u2

2862

A3

100K

3861

22n

2880

2u2

2865

3866

100R

SDA

SCL

+8V

Main_OutL

R1_IN

L1_IN

AM_FM_MONOMain_OutR

220n

2861

3139 123 58021E_14560_007eps

150304

A4

05V div DC1ms div

A5

05V div DC1ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 19: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 19L032L AA 7

Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing

5PIN

4K7

1V4

NO

1900290429063903390479017902

3PIN1U

2K7

5V1

NO

AN7523

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1900 B102901 A7

470N470N3K310K

AN7522NO

5PIN47N47N3K310K

AN7522NO

1x1W 2x1W

MONO OUTPUT

RES

0V4

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

3V8

A7

A7

1u

RES

RE

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

A7

2x3W

2903 B52904 B42905 B52906 C4

STEREO OUTPUT

0V4

Item

A5

11V

4

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutL_Pos

3V0

2907 C52908 D32909 E42947 C92948 C92949 C92950 C92951 B52952 C53901 B43902 B53903 B33904 B43905 C33906 C43907 E43909 C3

A4

AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING

3911 D34921 A44922 C84923 B34924 B34925 C34927 B94928 C96908 D36909 D37901 B67902 D69865 D89872 D8

5V1

5V1

RES5V1

A7

RES

13V

5

5V1

A7

5V1

A5

1V4

1V4

10u

2909

4923

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

6 CH1-IN

12CH2+

10CH2-8 CH2-IN

3

GN

DC

H1

11

GN

DC

H2

7

GN

DIN

P

5

ST

B

1

VC

C

9 VOL

1N41

48

6909

3911

100K

4922

1K

3901

2950

100p

3904

10K

2906

1u

A9

3906

A10

3903

15K

A6

2904

1u

A11

2903

2907 1n

4

5

820p

2952

1900

1

2

3

2947

100p

4928

16V

10u29

08

6 CH1-IN

3

GNDCH1

7

GNDINP NC

8

5

STB

1

VCC

9 VOL

AN7523N7902

2

CH1+

4

CH1-

4924

3902

3K3

4927

2951

820p

680K

3K3

3907

2901

3909

A8

AN7522N7901

2905 1n

4921

6908

BZ

X38

4-C

2V7

2949

100p

9865

9872

3905

15K

4925

100p

2948

FILAMENT

Vaudio

VOLUME

+5V

AmpOutR_Pos

AmpOutR+

AmpOutR_Neg

Main_OutR

AmpOutL_Pos

Main_OutL

AmpOutL_Neg

AmpOutL+

3139 123 58021E_14560_008eps

180204

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 20: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

EN 20L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone

1181

RE

S

volume+

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1100-A B11100-B C11101-A B21101-B C21101-C D21181 B31182 C31183 C31600 C101601 C91602 B91603 B91606 B81901 E51981 F4

31852183

Item

NO

A4

SOCKET

47R150R33P

channel-

RE

S

3PIN

Stereo

3186

11002123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RE

S

A4

A6

channel+

Mono

2PIN1UNONONO

POWER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

1982 F42181 B32182 C32183 C32185 C32186 C32691 E102981 F22982 F32983 F22984 F33181 B33182 B33183 B33184 C43185 C33186 C4

A6

For Engg Purpose Only

volume-3681 B103682 B103683 B83685 B83686 B93687 B93688 B93689 B73693 D103694 D93981 F33982 F34182 B74694 G74981 E24982 E34983 G24984 G36181 B46692 E99181 C49694 E8

A6

0R

A6

HEADPHONE

FRONT CONTROL

USA

9982 F2

L

A4

FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE

A5

A5A4

RE

SR

ES

RE

SR

ES

FRONT CINCH

MONO SET

HEADPHONE

RE

S

V

R

TS

100u

2983

220R

3693

3685

200R

1

2

3

1901

+3V3A

3683

120R

200R

3688

3181

75R

2185

4981

4694

1101-A

1101-C

1100-B

9694

1100-A

4983

6181

330p

2182

3686

430R

BZ

X79

-C6V

8

4182

2984

470p

3182

100R

1602

2183

330p

2981

100u

9181

1982

3682

1600

2691

100u

22p

2181

1601

3185

150R

1603

120R

3982

2982

470p

2186

1981

1606

VS

3687

2K2

3186

47K

TSOP18366692

2GND

1OUT

3F1

3689

47K

3184

1183

1182

120R

3981

4

5

6

7

8

9

1101-B

3183

150R

4984

3681

1K0

3694

4K7

4982

9982

AmpOutL+

AmpOutR+

IR

L1_IN

R1_IN

KEYBOARD

AmpOutL_Pos

AmpOutR_Pos

SY_CVBS_IN

3139 123 58021 E_14560_009eps150304

F1

1V div AC2ms div

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 21: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 21L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)

E_14560_001eps1902043139 123 58021

1000 D41001 C41003 D41004 C41100 A41101 A41201 B41202 C41203 A31400 C31401 D21402 D31463 D31464 C31500 A11501 A11511 A11512 A21515 A21520 A21521 B21600 A31601 A31602 A21603 A21606 A11621 B31622 B41861 A31883 A31900 A41901 A42002 D42006 D42007 D42204 B42205 C42405 C22406 D22408 D22423 D32424 C22428 D32441 D22444 D22446 D32447 C32455 C32457 D22460 C12463 D32465 D32470 D42488 C42491 C32492 B32493 A42494 B32495 A42498 C42500 A12501 A12502 A12504 B12505 A22507 B12515 B22521 C12523 B12528 C12560 A22561 A22562 B22564 B22580 A22584 B12604 A32612 A32616 B42691 A22864 A42865 A42869 A42870 A42874 A32875 A32876 A32877 A32878 A32883 A32884 A32885 A32903 A42908 A42909 A42981 A42983 A43005 C43181 A43182 A43183 A33185 A33204 B43205 B4

3208 B43210 B43402 D23403 D23422 C23423 D33424 D33425 B23426 C23428 D33439 C23442 C33443 D33444 D33445 D23446 C13448 C33449 C33450 C33452 C23459 C33464 D33468 D33470 D33471 D33472 D33473 D33474 D33475 C33478 D43479 B33483 C43485 C43486 C43488 B43491 C43493 A33494 A33495 A43496 B43497 B43498 B43500 A23501 A23502 A13503 A23505 A13506 A13507 B23508 A23509 A13510 A13519 C13521 C13523 B13526 B13527 C13543 C23544 C23549 B23582 B23603 B33604 B33605 B33606 B33618 B33619 B43620 B33621 B33624 B43634 A33641 B33693 A23865 A33866 A33901 A43982 A45001 C45002 D45003 C45004 C45201 B45401 D25402 D25421 D35441 D15482 B45502 A15509 A25520 C25521 B15560 B25562 B25563 C25601 B35602 B35603 B35604 B25861 A35862 A36001 D46181 A46422 D36444 D3

6446 D16447 D26448 D36453 C36461 D16462 D16463 D16500 A16501 A16502 A16503 B16520 C16522 C16540 C26541 C26560 B26561 A26562 B26580 A26625 B36692 A26909 A47200 B47421 C37440 C37463 C37464 D47465 D47493 A37494 B47496 B37515 C17521 B17540 C27641 B37901 A47902 A49001 D49002 C49181 A39200 B49201 B49202 A49203 A49205 B49402 D29403 C49405 C29406 C29407 C39408 C39410 C39411 C39412 C39413 B39421 D29422 C29424 D29441 C29444 D29445 D29446 D39448 C39449 C39450 C39452 C39463 C39465 A39471 D39473 D39475 C39476 B49478 D49479 D49481 B49490 A39492 B39494 A39495 A49496 A49497 A39498 A39499 A39501 A19502 A19503 A29505 B29509 A29515 B29520 C29521 A19523 B19539 C39560 B29561 A29562 A29563 C29564 B29582 B29604 B39605 B39606 B29607 A49608 B2

9612 A39617 B39618 B39624 B39625 B39629 B29641 B39642 B39643 B39681 B49682 A39693 A29694 A29695 A39698 B39862 A39865 A49872 A39883 A39901 A49902 A49903 A49904 A49905 A49906 A39907 A39982 A49983 A3

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 22: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

EN 22L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

E_14560_002eps1902043139 123 58021

Part 1E_14560_002aeps

Part 2E_14560_002beps

2001 D12003 D12004 D12005 C12123 B12181 A12182 A22183 A22185 A12186 A22201 B12202 B12203 B12206 B12207 B12208 B12209 B12210 B12212 B22420 D22421 D22426 D32427 D32429 D22452 C32453 C32461 D22462 D22464 C22471 D32473 D32481 B12482 B12483 C12484 B22485 B12486 B12487 B12489 B12490 B12496 B12497 B12520 C42522 C42524 B42525 B42526 C42527 C42540 C32541 C32542 C32543 C42601 B22602 B22603 B22605 B22606 B22607 B22608 B22615 B12641 B22642 B22643 C22861 A22862 A22863 A12866 A12867 A12868 A12871 A12872 A22873 A22879 A22880 A22881 A22882 A22886 A12891 A22901 A12904 A12905 A12906 A12907 A12947 A12948 A12949 A12950 A12951 A12952 A12982 A12984 A13001 D13002 D13003 D13004 D13184 A23186 A23201 B13202 B13203 B13206 B13207 B13209 B13211 B1

3231 B13232 B13410 C23430 D23432 D23440 C33441 C23447 C23451 C23453 C33454 C33455 B33456 C33457 C33460 C23461 D23462 C23463 D23465 C23466 C23476 C23480 B13481 B13487 B13489 B13490 B13492 B23499 B13520 C43522 C43524 B43525 B43528 C43541 C33542 C33545 C33547 C33548 C33580 A33581 C43601 B23602 B23607 B23642 B23643 B23644 B23645 B23646 C13681 A23682 A23683 A33685 A33686 A33687 A33688 A23689 A23694 A33861 A13862 A23863 A23864 A23867 A23902 A13903 A13904 A13905 A13906 A13907 A13909 A13911 A13981 A14182 A34405 C34410 C24411 C24412 C24413 C24414 C24423 C24444 D34447 C34461 A34465 D14490 B24491 A24492 B24494 B14495 B24496 A24498 B24499 B24501 B44606 B14619 B24634 A24640 B24661 B24852 A14861 A14862 A24863 A24865 A14921 A14922 A1

4923 A14924 A14925 A14927 A14928 A14981 A14982 A14983 A14984 A16423 D26426 D36445 D36451 C26452 C26460 D26464 D26481 B16491 A26492 A16505 B36624 B26626 A16627 A16628 A26681 B16908 A17201 B17202 B17422 D27423 D27451 C37461 C27462 C27466 C27491 B27520 C47523 C47541 C37580 A37601 B27861 A2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 23: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 23L032L AA 7

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002aeps190204

Part 1

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 24: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

EN 24L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)

E_14560_002beps190204

Part 2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 25: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts EN 25L032L AA 7

CRT Panel

R

G

B

Blue

Green

Red

Item

109V0

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

VG2 E91300 B11301-1 A71302-A C71303 A71304 A72300 B32301 C42302 D42303 E22304 E12318 E43300 A33301 B53302 A2

Heater

107V6

3V1

TO C

RT

SO

CK

ET

Pin 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

Aquadag

Green

Red

RES

FROM MAIN CHASSIS TO LOT

120V0

TO CRT SOCKET

FOCUS

R

7V7

3303 B33304 B43305 C53306 C23307 C33308 C43309 C53310 D23311 D43313 A43318 D43319 E64300 B24301 C24302 D24303 B1

Ground

3V0

G

Heater

9 Pin

168V7

168V8

106V0

B

2V7

RES

CRT

4304 B14305 B14306 B14307 E26301 E36307 E26313 A46316 B46317 C46318 E47307 B37308 B37309 C37310 B37311 D37312 D47313 A47314 B47315 B4

RES

Pin 8

Blue

Red

Pin 5

2V6

RES

7316 C47317 C47318 D5

Pin 7

168V7

Pin 3

418V0

H19

7311

33K

3308

1K5

3319

GND12

3313

68R

GND_CRT

P1

1301-1

1

BF422

7310

1K5

3305

220R

3318

7P7

680p

7V7

109V0

7V7

BAS321

Heater

Heater

VG2

Pin 5

Green Pin 9

6V3

3V0

JUMP

JUMP

NO

123V0

EHT

VG2

CRT

TO 1

622

OF

RES

170V0

Pin 11

3V0

170V0

170V0

3V0

3V0

6V3

6V3

Pin 8

3V0

4305

330R

13v19v

JUMP

JUMP

NO

Pin 7

2V6

4306

3311

4303

4304

170V0

VG1

3V3

104V0

CRT PANEL

3V2

122V0

12 Pin

GND Pin 1 Pin 1 amp 12

VG1

BAS321

Pin 9

AN

D 1

400

OF

Blue

Pin 10Pin 4

170V0

BF422

7312

BAS321

108V0

Pin 6

G3

1302-A

1

G1

4300

3304

33K

P88

G2

10

GND_CRT1

GND_CRT

180p

2302

3

GND_CRT

6CG

220R

3303

6317

4301

3301

1K5

NO

20v

390R

JUMP

NO

NO

JUMP

14RF

330R

NO

7313BF422

1300

GND_CRT

BF4237316

5

220R

3311

4302

4304

180p

2300

CB

11

GND_CRT

1304

57314BF423

220R

3307

P5

6307

7317BF422

BAS316

4306

6

180p

2301

BF422

7315

4

P6

V12

GND_CRT1

P4

GND_CRT1

1303

7307

4303

220R

3306

V17

6316

EH-B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P3

6313

1n2318

1K5

3309

4307

GND_CRT1

7318BF423

730933

K

3300

P99

GND_CRT GND_CRT

3310

220R

VG2

7308BF422

7

CR8

6301

BAS316

4305

H2

GND_CRT

47n

2304

220R

3302

6318

BZ

X28

4-C

8V2

2303

Filament

V16

V15

GREEN

BLUE

RED

V13

V14

3139 123 58001 E_14560_010eps150304

V15

50V div DC20micros div

V16

50V div DC20micros div

V17

50V div DC20micros div

V12

1V div DC20micros div

V13

1V div DC20micros div

V14

1V div DC20micros div

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 26: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

EN 26L032L AA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)

E_14560_011eps1902043139 123 58001

VG2 A11300 A11301 B11302 B11303 B11304 B12303 A12304 A13300 A13301 A13304 A13305 B13308 A13309 B13310 A13313 A13318 B13319 B17308 A17310 A17312 A17313 A17314 A17315 A17316 A17317 A17318 A1 9300 A19302 A19303 A19304 A19314 A19315 A19316 A19317 A19318 A1

Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)

E_14560_012eps1304053139 123 58001

2300 A12301 A12302 A12318 A13302 A13303 A13306 A13307 A13311 A14300 A14301 A14302 A14303 A14304 A14305 A14306 A14307 A16301 A16307 A16313 A16316 A16317 A16318 A17307 A17309 A17311 A1

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 27: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Alignments EN 27L032L AA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 General Alignment Conditions82 Hardware Alignments83 Software Alignments and Settings

Note The Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding section SDAM menu navigation is performed by using the MENU UP MENU DOWN MENU LEFT and MENU RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull AC voltage and frequency according to countrys

standardbull Connect the television set to the AC power via an isolation

transformerbull Allow the television set to warm up for approximately 20

minutesbull Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis

ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply) Never use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 M ohm Ci lt 25 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform the

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier

821 Vg2 Adjustment

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT key to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

4 In the WHITE TONE sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the values of NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE to 40

6 Press the MENU button twice to enter the normal user menu

7 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)

8 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu

9 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST Be sure to record the current value of CONTRAST

10 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of CONTRAST to 0

11 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS Be sure to record the current value of BRIGHTNESS

12 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to set the value of BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a dark room)

13 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

14 Press the OSDSTATUS button to hide the SDAM onscreen display (S indication remains visible) This to avoid interferences during the waveform measurements

15 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input and input a black picture test pattern to the television set

16 Set the oscilloscope to 50 Vdiv and the time base to 02 milliseconds (external triggering on the positive vertical pulse with a 101 probe)

17 Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 1001 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (pin 7= Red pin 9= Green and pin 3= Blue see also schematic diagram B1) Measure the level of the black current measuring pulses These are the second line (Red) third line (Green) and fourth line (Blue) directly after the frame blanking (see figure Vcut-off) Remark This chassis is using a TDA93XX UOC series These use two different measuring pulses at each of the R G and B outputs The above-mentioned level applies to the pulse with the lowest level of each gun

18 Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment Adjust the Vcut-off of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) on the LOT to the correct value (see table Vg2 alignment values)

19 Press the OSDSTATUS button to display the SDAM onscreen display

20 Press the MENU button to enter the normal user menu21 In the normal user menu use the MENU UPDOWN keys

to highlight the PICTURE sub menu (if necessary)22 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE

sub menu23 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select CONTRAST24 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

CONTRAST to the original value25 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select BRIGHTNESS26 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to reset the value of

BRIGHTNESS to the original value27 Press the MENU button twice to return to the top level

SDAM menu28 Use the POWER button on the remote control transmitter

or the POWER button on the television set to turn off the television set This will save the changes made in SDAM

0212C

E_14560_016eps270204

D

B

5441

LOT

FocusScreen

VG2

A 5520

1003

ComPair

1000 (TUNER)

7200

9527

7641

SDAM

3606

0231

5500

2503

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 28: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

AlignmentsEN 28 L032L AA8

Figure 8-2 V_cutoff

Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values

822 Focusing

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a circle or crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control

transmitter repeatedly to choose NATURAL (or MOVIES) picture mode

4 Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view family board) until the vertical lines near the left and right sides of the screen and near the horizontal center of the screen are at minimum width without visible haze

83 Software Alignments and Settings

The following options are performed in the Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM) SDAM is described in the Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding sectionThe following alignments are explained1 OPTIONS2 TUNER3 WHITE TONE4 GEOMETRY5 AUDIO

831 OPTIONS

Options are used to control the presence or absence of certain features and hardware Note Each option byte controls several features of the television set therefore before changing option byte information it is important to record the current option byte values This ensures that the television features can be restored to the original settings if necessary

How to Change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast All options are controlled via seven option bytes Select the option byte (OP 1 OP 7) with the MENU UPDOWN keys and enter the new value

1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the OPTIONS sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFT or MENU RIGHT key to enter the OPTIONS sub menu

4 In the OPTIONS sub menu press the MENU UPDOWN keys to select OP 1 through OP 7

5 Use the number keys on the remote control transmitter to enter a new value for the selected option byte The value must be entered as a three-digit value (for example 4 would be entered as 0 0 4)

6 The selected value must be between 0 and 2557 When all desired changes to the option bytes are made

press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu This will save changes to the option byte settings

8 To ensure the option byte changes take effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the mains switch (cold start)

How to Calculate the Value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OP 1 OP 7) in the following way1 Check the status of the single option bits (OB) are they

enabled (1) or disabled (0)2 When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain

value (see first column value between brackets in table below) When an option bit is disabled its value is 0

3 The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per type number

Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation

Table 8-2 Options settings

Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L03 software clusters

Screen Size Cut-off point (V)

14RF +135 V plusmn 4 V

20RF +140 V plusmn 4 V

0V RefCL 06532130_014eps

131000

VCUTOFF [VDC]max

Typenumber OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

14PT300544 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

14PT300555 01 215 67 160 192 201 64

21PT300555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320544 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

21PT320555 01 215 67 161 192 201 64

Bi t(value)

OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7

0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB701 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB712 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB723 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB734 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB745 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB756 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB767 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

CL 36532044_037eps160603

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 29: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Alignments EN 29L032L AA 8

Option bit description

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

1 OBx0 CHINA or NTSC_ONLY Tuning is not for China set or NTSC only set or this option bit is not applicable

Tuning is for China set or NTSC only set LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for other sets 1

OBx1 VIRGIN_MODE Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable Virgin mode is enabled Plug and Play menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1 After installation is finished this option bit will be automatically set to 0

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 UK_PNP UKs default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable

UKs default Plug and Play setting is available When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial setup LANGUAGE = ENGLISH COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 ACI ACI feature is disabled or not applicable ACI feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 ATS (EU) or FINE_TUNING (NAFTA) or LANGUAGE_MALAY (AP)

Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 LNA Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable

Auto Picture Booster is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 FM_RADIO FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable FM radio feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 PHILIPS_TUNER ALPS MASCO compatible tuner is in use Philips compatible tuner is in use LATAM amp NAFTA 0

2 OBx0 HUE HueTint Level is disabled or not applicable HueTint Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 COLOR_TEMP Color Temperature is disabled or not applicable Color Temperature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 CONTRAST_PLUS Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable Contrast+ is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 TILT Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable Rotate Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 NOISE_REDUCTION Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 CHANNEL_NAMING Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable Name FM Channel is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO= 1)

OBx6 SMART_PICTURE Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable Smart Picture is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 SMART_SOUND Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable Smart Sound is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

3 OBx0 AVL AVL is disabled or not applicable AVL is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 WSSB or HOME_CINEMA WSSB is disabled or not applicable WSSB is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN= 1)

OBx2 WIDE_SCREEN Software is used for 43 set or not applicable Software is used for 169 set LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 Virtual Dolby LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 MSP34X5_VOL_CTRL Not applicable applicable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 COMPRESS_16_9 COMPRESS 169 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

COMPRESS 169 selection is applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 EXPAND_4_3 Expand 43 selection is not applicable Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list

Expand 43 selection is applicable Item should be in the FORMAT menu list

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 EW_FUNCTION EW function is disabled In this case only Expand 43 is allowed Compress 169 is not applicable

EW function is enabled In this case both Expand 43 and Compress 169 are applicable

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

4 OBx0 STEREO_NON_DBX For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is not present For AP_NTSC chip TDA 9853 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 STEREO_DBX For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is not present For AP_NTSC chip MSP 3445 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 STEREO_PB or KOREAN_2CS

For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is not present For AP_PAL chip MSP3465 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 STEREO_NICAM_2CS For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is not present For EU and AP_PAL chip MSP 3415 is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 DELTA_VOLUME Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable Delta Volume Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ULTRA_BASS Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable Ultra Bass is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx6 VOLUME_LIMITER Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable Volume Limiter Level is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 INCR_SUR Incredible Surround feature is disabled Incredible Surround feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 30: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

AlignmentsEN 30 L032L AA8

5 OBx0 PIP or CLOCK Feature is disabled or not applicable Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 HOTEL_MODE Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable Hotel mode is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for stereo sets 1 for mono sets

OBx2 SVHS SVHS source is not available SVHS source is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note This option bit is not applicable for EU)

OBx3 CVI CVI source is not available CVI source is available

OBx4 AV3 SideFront AV3 source is not present SideFront AV3 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 AV2 AV2 source is not present AV2 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note For EU when AV2=1 both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop)

OBx6 AV1 AV1 source is not present AV1 source is present LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 NTSC_PLAYBACK NTSC playback feature is not available NTSC playback feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0

6 OBx0 BASS_TREBLE Feature is not available Feature is available LATAM amp NAFTA 0 for mono sets 1 for stereo sets

OBx1 SMART_TEXT Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are disabled or not applicable

Smart Text Mode and Favorite Page are enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 SMART_LOCK Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU

Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx3 VCHIP (LATAM amp NAFTA amp NAFTA) TXT_1PG (EU)

Feature is disabled Feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx4 WAKEUP_CLOCK Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable Wake up clock feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 SMART_CLOCK Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable

Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled For NAFTA menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 SMART_SURF Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable Smart Surf feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 PERSONAL_ZAPPING Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable

Personal Zapping feature is enabled LATAM amp NAFTA 0

7 OBx0 SYSTEM_LT_1 and SYSTEM_LT_2

These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection (00 NTSC-M 01 NTSC-M PAL-M 10 NTSC-M PAL-M and PAL-N 11 NTSC-M PAL-M PAL-N and PAL-BG)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx1 LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx2 SOUND_SYSTEM_AP OB70OB71OB72These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection (000 BG 001 BG DK 010 I DK 011 BG I DK 100 BG I DK M)

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 COLOR_SYSTEM_AP (This option bit is allocated for AP-PAL color system selection)

Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 and NTSC 358 Auto PAL 443 NTSC 443 NTSC 358 and SECAM

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 SIGNAL_STRENGTH DVD WAKEUP TIMER (DVD COMBI) 3D_COMBFILTER (NAFTA)

LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx5 LNA_PP (for L01 AP cluster) VOICE_CONTROL

LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 ACTIVE_CONTROL LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx7 TIME_WIN1 The time window is set t 12 s The time window is set to 2 s LATAM amp NAFTA 0 (Note The time-out for all digit entries depends on this setting)

8 OBx0 MALAY_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx1 HINDI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 1

OBx2 HANGUL disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx3 THAI disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx4 AENGLISH disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx5 ARABIC disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx6 CHINESE_TRAD disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

OBx7 CHINESE_SIMP_TEXT disable enable LATAM amp NAFTA 0

Option Byte Option Bit Definition

OP Assignment Bit = [0] Bit = [1] Default setting

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 31: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Alignments EN 31L032L AA 8

832 Tuner

Note Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (part reference number 7641) is replaced

IFPLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned Therefore no action is required (default= 30)

AGC (AGC take over point)1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the

antenna input2 Input a colour bar test pattern to the television set 3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to 10 mV

and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main chassis)

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select AGC9 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the AGC value

(default value is 32) until the DC-voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies is 33 V

10 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

11 To ensure the AGC change takes effectndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

SL (Slicing Level)This adjustment sets the sync slicing level for non-standard signals You must turn it on to have no picture instability in premium decoded cable channelsbull OFF slicing level dependent on noise levelbull ON fixed slicing level of 70

To adjust SL1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the TUNER sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the TUNER sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select SL5 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to toggle SL Off and

On6 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM

menu7 To ensure the SL setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

CL (Cathode Drive Level)Fixed value is 7

833 White Tone

The values of the black cut-off level can be adjusted in the WHITE TONE sub menu Normally no alignment is needed for WHITE TONE and the given default values are used

Default settings for NORMAL (colour temperature= 11500 K)NORMAL RED = 22NORMAL GREEN = 21NORMAL BLUE = 26 To adjust NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN and NORMAL BLUE1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator (eg

PM5418) to the antenna input2 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

3 Input a 100 IRE white pattern to the television set4 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

5 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the WHITE TONE sub menu

6 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the WHITE TONE sub menu

7 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select NORMAL RED NORMAL GREEN or NORMAL BLUE

8 Set the Minolta CA100 colour analyzer (or equivalent) in RGB mode and set all colour temperature settings to their default values

9 Place the colour sensor of the meter in the middle of the screen

10 Set the meter in T-dUV-Y mode and set CONTRAST to make the light output Y on the meter 90 nit plusmn 15

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the value of NORMAL GREEN andor NORMAL BLUE

12 When all desired changes to the WHITE TONE sub menu values are made press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the WHITE TONE settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 32: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

AlignmentsEN 32 L032L AA8

834 Geometry

IntroductionThe geometry alignment menu contains several items for correct picture geometry alignment

Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1 Connect the RF output of a video pattern generator to the antenna input

2 Input a crosshatch test pattern to the television set3 Set the amplitude of the video pattern generator to at least

1 mV and set the frequency to 47525 MHz (PALSECAM) or 6125 MHz (NTSC)

4 Press the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter repeatedly to choose PERSONAL or MOVIES picture mode

5 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

6 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the GEOMETRY sub menu

7 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the GEOMETRY sub menu

8 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

9 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter either the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

10 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select items in the HORIZONTAL sub menu or the VERTICAL sub menu

11 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the values of items in the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menus

12 When all desired changes to the HORIZONTAL and VERTICAL sub menu values are made press the MENU button twice to return to the top level SDAM menu

13 To ensure the GEOMETRY settings are savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

The following alignments can be performed in the GEOMETRY sub menu

Horizontal Alignmentsbull Horizontal Shift (HSH) Select Horizontal Shift to center the

picture on the screenbull Picture Width (PW) Aligns the width of the picture

Vertical Alignmentsbull Vertical slope (VSL) Aligns the picture so the proportions

are the same at the top and bottom of the screen This alignment must be performed first before all other vertical alignments Turning SBL on will assist in performing this alignment

bull Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Aligns the height of the picture (other vertical alignments are NOT compensated)

bull Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Aligns the vertical linearity so that the vertical intervals of the grid-patterns are the same over the entire height of the screen

bull Vertical Shift (VSH) Aligns the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT After performing this alignment it may be necessary to perform the VAM alignment again

bull Service blanking (SBL) Turns the blanking of the lower half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment)

Methods of AdjustmentVertical Amplitude and Position1 Select SERVICE BLANKING (SBL) and set it to 1 The

lower half of the picture will be blanked2 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select VERTICAL

SLOPE (VSL) 3 Align VSL to start the blanking exactly at the horizontal

white line at the center of the test circle (align the bottom of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

4 Press the MENU UPDOWN buttons to select SBL and set it back to 0 The full picture reappears

5 Select VERTICAL AMPLITUDE (VAM) and align the picture height to approximately 130 - 131 blocks (align the top of the screen so that castellations just disappear)

6 Select VERTICAL SHIFT (VSH) and align for vertical centering of the picture on the screen

7 Repeat the last two steps if necessary

Horizontal Phase1 Set PW to 0 2 Select Horizontal Shift (HSH) to center the picture on the

screen

Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis) 1 Align the set for VSH and HSH (according to above

mentioned procedures) with a PAL system signal2 Change the signal to NTSC system and adjust

HORIZONTAL SHIFT OFFSET (H60) and VERTICAL SHIFT OFFSET (V60) to center the picture on the screen

3 Repeat if necessary

CL 16532044_022eps140501

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT SLOPE

VERT SHIFT

VERT AMPLITUDE

VS-CORRECTION

HOR SHIFT

HOR AMPLITUDE

EW PARABOLE

UPPER EW CORNER

LOWER EW CORNER

EW TRAPEZIUM

HOR PARALLELOGRAM

HOR BOW

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 33: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Alignments EN 33L032L AA 8

The table below lists the default GEOMETRY values for the different television sets

Table 8-3 Default geometry values

835 AUDIO

Necessary measuring equipmentbull MTS (Multi-channel Television Sound) generator (eg

Fluke 54200)bull AC millivolt meter

ILA (Input Level Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select ILA5 Apply a BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of 60

dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input Measure the output on pin 16 (Main_outL) of IC7861 with an AC millivoltmeter via a Low Pass Filter (R= 10 kohm C= 15 nF measure on the capacitor)

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to 106 mVRMS plusmn 2 mVRMS (default ILA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the ILA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

LSA (Low Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select LSA5 Apply a 300 Hz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength

of 60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default LSA value is 7 for stereo sets and 0 for mono sets)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the LSA setting is saved

ndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

HSA (High Separation Alignment)1 Activate SDAM by pressing the following key sequence on

the remote control transmitter 0 6 2 5 9 6 directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence)

2 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to highlight the AUDIO sub menu

3 Press the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to enter the AUDIO sub menu

4 Use the MENU UPDOWN keys to select HSA5 Apply a 3 kHz BTSC sound signal with a signal strength of

60 dBuV (1 mVRMS) to the aerial input (only the left channel of the stereo signal) Measure the output on pin 22 (R_OUT) of IC7841 with an AC millivoltmeter

6 Use the MENU LEFTRIGHT keys to adjust the meter reading to a minimum value (default HSA value is 31)

7 Press the MENU button to return to the top level SDAM menu

8 To ensure the HSA setting is savedndash Turn the television set off by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

ndash Disconnect the television set from AC power for at least ten seconds

ndash Reconnect the television set to AC power ndash Turn the television set on by using the POWER

button on the remote control transmitter or the local keyboard

Alignment Description 13V 14RF 20V 20RF

PW 31 Picture Width - - - -

HSH Horizontal Shift 35 35 35 35

VSL Vertical Slope 35 35 35 35

VAM Vertical Amplitude 26 26 26 26

VSC Vertical S orrection 23 23 23 23

VSH Vertical Shift 35 35 35 35

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 34: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 34 L032L AA9

9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Source Selection93 Audio94 Video95 Synchronization96 Deflection97 Power Supply98 Control99 Abbreviation List Notes bull Only new circuits (compared to the L012 chassis) are

described in this chapter For the other circuit descriptions see the manual of the L012L AA

bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due to different set executions

bull For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions please use the block diagram in chapter 6 andor the electrical diagrams in chapter 7 Where necessary you will find a separate drawing for clarification

91 Introduction

The L03 chassis is a global TV chassis and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14 inch to 21 inch in Super Flat and Real Flat executions In comparison to its predecessor (the L01) this chassis is further simplified it contains economized executions of the power supply the video processing (microprocessor) and the audio processingDue to a cost down action this chassis has some more simplified circuitry like the audio processing and some parts are fully omitted like top-control The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called family board) and a Picture Tube panel The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part

The functions for video processing microprocessor (microP) and CCTeletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA937x) the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC) This chip is mounted on the component side of the main panel The L03 can be divided into two basic systems ie mono and stereo sound While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC external audio processing ICs are used for stereo sets The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display The main tuning system uses a tuner a microcomputer and a memory IC mounted on the main panel The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC the customer keyboard remote receiver tuner signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations customer-preferred settings and service factory data The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source The chassis has a hot ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis

92 Source Selection

The Source Select is divided mainly into two types the Mono Source Select and the Stereo Source Selectbull The Mono Source Select both audio and video will be

done entirely by the UOC and will only be able to select one external audio source

bull As for the Stereo Source Select the Panasonic IC which is for BTSC decoding also has 2 audio source inputs used for source selection whereas the UOC will take care of the video selection

921 Switching Function for Stereo IO

Audio Video Source SelectionThe video source selection is done by the UOC The video setting for LATAM NAFTA is rather straightforward a so-called WYSIWYG (what you see on the screen is what you get from the video ouput) There is only a front input available therefore the source selection is basically limited to the UOC

922 Switching Function for Mono IO

For the Mono configuration only one input pin is available for the UOC

Video Source SelectionThe video switching is similar to the section above

Audio Source SelectionThe audio input (L1_IN) is connected to pin 35 of the UOC

93 Audio

This chassis is targeted for the NAFTA market with Mono Stereo or SAP sound system For the basic Mono and Stereo sets sound processing includes Volume control and AVL For stereo sets IC TDA9853H is the BTSC audio signal decoder and audio processing

931 Processing

This chassis uses the Intercarrier demodulation concept (one SAW filter for both video and audio) The base band (full bandwidth) BTSC audio signal from the UOC is fed to pin 14 of the stereo decoder The Pilot detection and SAP detection registers indicate the type of transmitted audio signal such as Mono Stereo andor SAP Based on this indication the software controls will help to output the appropriate audio signal at pins 21 and 22 The controls are done by the I2C bus connected to pins 18 and 19 Internal or External audio (pins 2 3 23 and 24) can also be selected by the source selection register For the selected audio source the AGC function can be applied The output is a fixed level output The volume control function is available via the power amplifier (AN752223)

932 Amplifier

The output is fed to the audio amplifier (IC7901 for stereo sets or IC7902 for mono sets) This is a BTL amplifier (Bridge Tied Load) which is actually a class AB amplifier with four transistors for each channel The advantage of BTL over the standard Class AB amplifier is that it requires a lower supply voltage to deliver a higher output

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 35: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 35L032L AA 9

The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by the VOLUME control line coming from the microprocessor After amplification the audio signal is sent to the speaker headphone output connector

933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)

The Mono AVL function operates via the UOC During channel change and source selection the AVL bit is to be switched off and then can return to the previous state (onoff) as shown in the timing diagram below The Stereo AVL function operates via the AGC control of IC TDA9853H During channel change and source selection the AGC function is to be switched off and then can resume to the previous state (onoff) as shown in timing diagram below

Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram

934 Mute

The TV set must mutebull Whenever a User Mute is activatedbull Whenever there is a channel change RF to RF RF to AV

AV to RF and AV to AV (if any) In channel change MUTE must be activated first before any other activity and un-MUTE must be done after every other activity has been completed

bull Whenever there is a loss in the signalbull During cold or warm start MUTE must be activated until all

initialization processes are finishedbull When the set is going to STANDBY MUTE must be

activated first before any other activities Note 1 MUTE mentioned above applies to the audio amplifier

mute (= PWM volume control mute)2 The first condition does not apply for the UOC IC

TDA9853H3 Above conditions refers to both mono and stereo sets

94 Video

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable This chassis uses the TDA937x family Ultimate One Chip TV processor (UOC) which is mounted in an SDIP 64 envelope The various versions of the UOC series combine the function of a video processor together with a microcontroller and US Closed CaptionTXT decoder

95 Synchronization

Inside IC7200 (part D) the vertical and horizontal sync pulses are separated These H and V signals are synchronized

with the incoming CVBS signal They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSDTXT circuit for synchronization of the On Screen Display and Teletext (CC) information

96 Deflection

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable The L03 range consists of TV sets spanning from 14 to 21 inch using the same chassis architecture For the chassis architecture the CRTs used do not need EastWest Correction Therefore the geometry correction needed is horizontal shift vertical slope vertical amplitude vertical S-correction vertical shift and vertical zoom for geometry corrections (with the appropriate offsets required for NTSC channels on PAL sets)

97 Power Supply

For a detailed circuit description of this part we refer to the L012L AA manual (see the beginning of this chapter for the ordering codes) Please note that there can be minor differences in the text (eg other item numbers) but the described circuit principle is comparable

971 Introduction

The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load This Quasi-Resonant Flyback behavior has some important benefits compared to a hard switching fixed frequency Flyback converter The efficiency can be improved up to 90 which results in lower power consumption Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhancedThe control IC in this power supply is the TEA1506 (L01= TEA1507) Unlike the TEA1507 control IC the TEA1506 has no internal high voltage start-up source and therefore needs to be started by means of an external bleeder resistor (R3506 and R3507) The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the hot side of this transformer The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET on and off to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520 The energy stored in the primary winding during the on time is delivered to the secondary windings during the off time The MainSupply line is the reference voltage for the power supply It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 6540 This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 6 of 7520 The power supply in the set is on any time AC power is connected to the set

972 Derived Voltages

The voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 arebull MainSupply for the horizontal outputbull VauxVaudio for the audio circuitbull An optional DVDSupply for future extensions Other voltages are provided by the LOT It supplies -12 V the tuner voltage the filament voltage and the +160 V source for the video drive These secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the EHT lines

Mono AVL_ OnOff Stereo AGC_OnOff

channel sourcechange active

MuteVolume

user pressCh+ Ch- or

changesource

Volume Ctrl Voltage 200 msecs

150 msecs

50 msecs

50 msecs

CL 36532044_038eps170603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 36: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 36 L032L AA9

98 Control

The microprocessor part of the UOC has the complete control and CCTeletext processing on board The User menus and Service Default Alignment Modes are generated by the uP Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus

981 I2C-Bus

The main control system which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200) is linked to the external devices (Tuner NVM Audio ICs etc) by means of the I2C-bus An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions like video processing sound IF vision IF synchronization etc

982 User Interface

The chassis uses a remote control with RC5 protocol The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOCThe keyboard connected to UOC pin 8 can also control the set Button recognition is done via a voltage dividerThe front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 11) It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (eg responding to the remote control normal operation (USA only) or fault condition)

983 IO Selection

For the control of the input and output selections there are three lines

STATUS1This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe) This signal is not connected in LATAMNAFTA sets

STATUS2This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe) For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a YC or CVBS source is present The presence of an external YC source makes this line high while a CVBS source makes the line low

SEL_AV1_AV2This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines

984 Power Supply Control

The Power Supply is interfaced with the microcontroller (UOC) to provide the power supply with the control signals required for burst mode operation in standby and to vary the picture width by adjusting V_BAT The microprocessor part is supplied with 33 V and 8 V The 33 V is derived from the VauxVaudio voltage via a 3V3 stabilizer (7493) The 8 V is derived from the 33 V tuner voltage via TS7491 and TS7496Two signals are used to control the power supply STD_CON and PW_ADJ

STD_CON This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the Main line This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode and to enable this mode during a protection

This is of logic high (33 V) under normal operation of the TV When the TV set is in Standby (or fault) condition this signal is a continuous pulse of 5 ms low (0 V) and 5 ms high Note In the L01 chassis this was inverted

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC

PW_ADJ This signal is generated by the UOC through a PWM port This PWM port is configured in Push Pull mode to generate a square wave signal of 0 to 100 duty cycle with a default value of 50 duty cycle PW_ADJ will eliminate tolerance and can adjust the picture wide slightly

985 Protection Events

Several protection events are controlled by the UOC In case one of these protections is activated the set will go to Standby mode

Deflection protectionsThe main protections for deflection are X-ray protection frame amplifier failure detection black current loop stability protection and +8V auxiliary supply protection For X-ray protection the X-ray detection bit XDT must always be set to 1 (detection mode) High EHT protection must be triggered via software upon detection of the XPR bit switching to 1 A suitable number of checks are done before putting the set into protection mode in order to prevent false triggering For service requirements the Enable Vertical Guard (RGB blanking) EVG can be disabled (set to 0) although this is not necessary The following bits are monitoredbull SUP (Supply voltage indication)bull XPR (X-ray protection)bull EVG (Enable Vertical Guard)bull NDF (Output Vertical Guard)bull BCF (Black Current Failure)

I2C protectionTo check whether all I2C ICs are functioning

POWER SUPPLYBLOCK WITH

TEA 1506CONTROL IC

UOCAC INPUT

Std_Con

+3V3

PW_ADJ

CL 36532044_039eps180603

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 37: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets EN 37L032L AA 9

99 Abbreviation List

2CS 2 Carrier SoundACI Automatic Channel Installation

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune and lock to the correct frequency

AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control (feedback)

signal to the tuner This is a circuit with a constant output amplitude regardless of the input

AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume Level controlBCL Beam Current LimitaterBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHz B = VHF-band G = UHF-band

BTSC Broadcast Television Standard Committee Multiplex FM stereo sound system originating from the USA and used eg in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries

CC Closed Captioning This is a digital addition to analogue TV signals that contains textual information relevant to the TV signal For NTSC the information is transmitted with line 21 and 284 during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

ComPair Computer aided rePair A tool for diagnosing a TV through a PC controlled interface

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (or picture tube)CSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement

manipulation of the steepness of chroma transients

CVBS Composite Video and Blanking Signal A single video signal that contains luminance colour and timing information

CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise

reduction system in BTSCDK Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz D = VHF-band K = UHF=band

DFU Directions For Use Ownerrsquos manualDNR Dynamic Noise Reduction noise

reduction feature of the setDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special remote

control designed for dealers to enter eg service mode (a DST-emulator is is avaible in ComPair)

DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extreme High Tension the voltage

between the cathode and the shadow mask that accelerates the electrons towards the screen (around 25 kV)

EHT-INFO Extra High Tension INFOrmation used for contrast reduction vertical

and horizontal amplitude correction beam current protection and flash detection

EPG Electronic Program Guide System used by broadcasters to transmit TV guide information (= NexTView)

EU EuropeEW East West related to horizontal

deflection of the setEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set via

SCART or CinchesFBL Fast BLanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signals To blank the video signal when it is going from the right side of the screen to the left side The video level is brought down below the black video level

FILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory A memory chip that is

capable of storing one or more TV picture fields or Frequency Modulation A technique that sends data as frequency variations of a carrier signal

H H_sync to the moduleHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHz VHF- and UHF-band

I2C Inter IC bus (also called IIC)IF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Inter IC bus (also called I2C)ITV Institutional TV LATAM LATin AMericaLED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor

diode that emits light when a current is passed through it

LL Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LS LoudspeakerMN Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 45 MHz M= 525 lines 60 Hz N= 625 lines 50 Hz

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Companded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system mainly used in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan Colour carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing data such as alignment values preset stations

OB Option BitOC Open CircuitOP OPtion ByteOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Colour system

mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PCB Printed Circuit board (also called PWB or CBA)

PLL Phase Locked Loop Used for eg FST tuning systems The customer can give in directly the desired frequency

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 38: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data SheetsEN 38 L032L AA9

POR Power-On Reset Signal to reset the microP

PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRGB Red Green and Blue colour space

The primary colour signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colours (YC) are reproduced

ROM Read Only MemorySAP Secondary Audio Program Generallly

used to transmit audio in a second language

SC Sandcastle two-level pulse derived from sync signals

SC Short CircuitSCL Serial Clock I2CSDA Serial Data I2CSDAM Service Default Alignment ModeSECAM SEacutequence Couleur Avec Meacutemoire

Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe The chroma is FM modulated and the R-Y and B-Y signals are transmitted line sequentially Colour carriers= 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY STandBYSVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Software or Subwoofer of SwitchTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTriNorma Video standard Combination of PAL

N PAL M NTSC MTXT Teletext TXT is a digital addition to

analogue TV signals that contain textual and graphical information (25 rows x 40 columns) The information is transmitted within the first 25 lines during the Vertical Blank Interval (VBI)

microP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipV V_syncV_BAT Main supply voltage for the deflection

stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence chip Adds content filtering

capabilities to NTSC videoVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYC Y consists of luminance signal

blanking level and sync C consists of chroma (colour) signal

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 39: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Spare Parts List EN 39L032L AA 10

10 Spare Parts List

Mono Carrier [A]

Various

9965 000 27644 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27645 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27646 LED ADAPTOR9965 000 27648 SMD 220nF 16V9965 000 27656 SMD 1uF 16V9965 000 27657 NTC 47R -209965 000 27659 REAR CABINET9965 000 27689 2131 FRONT CABINET9965 000 27690 PUSH BUTTON9965 000 27701 REAR CABINET9965 000 27718 2131 FRONT CABINET

1000 9965 000 23791 TUNER TEDH9-251A1001 9965 000 23794 SAW M1971M1099 9301 843 10329 A51EHW135X47 1101 9965 000 27369 RCA SOCKET1102 9965 000 27637 RCA SOCKET1201 9965 000 23325 Crystall 45MB1302 9965 000 23828 SOCKET CRT1500 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1501 9965 000 23784 Fuse holder1504 9965 000 27655 SMD 1uF 16V1515 9965 000 23783 RELAY POWER1600 9965 000 17540 Switch1601 9965 000 17540 Switch1602 9965 000 17540 Switch1603 9965 000 17540 Switch1606 9965 000 17540 Switch1621 9965 000 23770 Crystal 12MHZ1861 9965 000 17688 5145kHz1901 9965 000 17468 Soc EARPHONE

13

2001 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052002 9965 000 14069 100microF 20 16V2003 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2004 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2005 9965 000 23792 47nF 10 16V 082006 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2007 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2123 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052181 9965 000 17525 22pF 5 50V2182 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2183 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2201 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2202 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2202 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052203 9965 000 17529 470nF 10 16V 08052205 9965 000 27660 CAP 10uFF 25V2206 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2206 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052207 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052208 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052209 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052210 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052212 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V2405 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2408 9965 000 17516 056microF 5 250V2420 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052421 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052423 9965 000 17652 13nF 5 k2423 9965 000 23824 15nF 5 16kV2424 9965 000 17514 470pF 10 2kV2424 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2426 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052427 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052428 9965 000 23748 47microF 20 16V2429 9965 000 23742 220nF 10 16V 08052441 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2441 9965 000 17521 22nF 5 63V2444 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2446 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2447 9965 000 24628 CAP 22uF 250V2452 9965 000 17686 22nF +80-20 50V2452 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052455 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2457 9965 000 17562 470pF 10 500V2460 9965 000 23798 0068microF 5 100V2461 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V

2462 9965 000 23799 10nF 5 50V2463 9965 000 14076 47microF 20 50V2464 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052465 9965 000 23797 10microF 20 160V2470 9965 000 14080 33nF 5 50V2473 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052481 4822 126 13221 100pF 2 63V2482 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052483 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2484 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052485 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052486 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2487 9965 000 23765 22nF 10 50V2488 9965 000 22940 100nF 5 100V2489 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052490 9965 000 23767 47microF +80-20 16V2491 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2492 9965 000 23763 22microF 20 50V2493 9965 000 17508 470microF 20 10V2494 9965 000 22925 CAP 33uF 16V2496 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052497 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052500 9965 000 23317 CAP 022uF 250VAC2501 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2502 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2504 9965 000 15785 220microF 20 200v2515 9965 000 23777 15pF 20 250V2520 9965 000 17523 10nF +80-20 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2522 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052523 9965 000 14922 18nF 10 2kV2525 9965 000 23779 680pF 5 50V 08052527 9965 000 23778 56pF 5 50V2528 4822 124 81151 22microF 50V2540 9965 000 17653 15nF 10 50V 08052541 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2542 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2543 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052560 9965 000 15104 22nF 10 50V2561 4822 124 40196 220microF 20 16V2562 9965 000 24631 CAP 2200pF 1KV2564 9965 000 17512 47microF 20 160V2580 9965 000 15182 47microF 20 25V2584 9965 000 23786 220pF 10 1KV2602 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052603 9965 000 23766 33pF 50V 08052604 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2605 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052607 9965 000 23764 01microF 10 50V 08052608 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052612 9965 000 14070 220microF 20 16V2615 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052616 9965 000 14579 10microF 20 16V2641 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052642 9965 000 17522 1nF 50V 08052643 9965 000 17526 220pF 5 50V2691 9965 000 15805 100microF 20 10V2861 9965 000 17644 220nF +80-20 25V2862 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2864 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2865 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2866 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2867 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2868 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2869 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2870 9965 000 17541 0068microF 5 63V2871 9965 000 23836 150pF 5 50V2872 9965 000 23839 18nF 10 50V2873 9965 000 23838 22microF 20 16V2874 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2875 9965 000 14036 100microF 20 25V2876 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2877 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2878 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2879 9965 000 17687 47nF 10 50V2880 9965 000 22456 22nF 10 50V2883 9965 000 14599 470microF 20 16V2884 9965 000 15087 22microF 20 50V2885 9965 000 15113 220nF 5 50V2886 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052891 9965 000 23749 100nF 10 16V 08052903 9965 000 14037 1microF 20 50V2904 9965 000 17528 1microF +80-20 16V 08052904 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2906 9965 000 17530 470nF +80-20 16V2908 9965 000 14039 47microF 20 50V2909 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2950 9965 000 17567 15nF 10 50V2951 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 0805

2952 9965 000 23739 820pF 5 50V 08052981 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2982 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 08052983 9965 000 14075 10microF 20 50V2984 9965 000 23743 470pF 50V 0805

3001 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3002 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3003 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053004 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053005 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3181 4822 111 31025 75Ω 5 016W3182 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3183 9965 000 12485 150Ω 5 016W3184 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3185 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3186 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 051 20392 29kΩ 5 01W3201 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 08053202 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053203 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3204 9965 000 12623 82Ω 5 016W3205 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W3206 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3207 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3208 4822 053 10561 560Ω 5 1W3209 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3210 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3231 4822 051 20561 560Ω 5 01W3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-103303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 051 20391 390Ω 5 01W3313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103402 9965 000 27276 NFR 2200R 12W -53403 9965 000 25710 RES 3W 470R +- 53410 4822 051 20683 68kΩ 5 01W3421 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53422 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3423 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53424 4822 053 12339 33Ω 5 3W3425 9965 000 15442 330Ω 5 1W3426 9965 000 12593 47Ω 5 016W3428 9965 000 13958 68Ω 5 017W3430 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3432 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3439 9965 000 23745 150kΩ 1 05W3440 9965 000 23753 36kΩ 1 01W3440 9965 000 23822 33kΩ 1 01W3441 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3442 9965 000 15041 100k 5 016W3442 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3443 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53443 9965 000 27651 NFR 47R 13W -53444 9965 000 27650 NFR 39R 13W -53445 9965 000 27649 RST 12W 39RR -53445 9965 000 27691 NFR 18R 12W -53446 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53447 4822 051 20154 150kΩ 5 01W3447 9965 000 23747 220kΩ 5 01W3448 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53449 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3450 9965 000 17647 27k 5 016W3451 4822 051 20684 680kΩ 5 01W3451 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3452 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3453 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3454 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3455 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053455 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3457 9965 000 23758 22mΩ 1 01W3459 9965 000 23744 150kΩ 5 017W3460 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3460 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3461 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053462 4822 117 11948 1MΩ 1 01W3463 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053464 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3465 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3466 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 40: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Spare Parts ListEN 40 L032L AA10

3468 9965 000 12592 330Ω 5 016W3470 9965 000 27258 NFR 1R 13W -53471 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3472 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3473 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3473 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23796 47Ω 1 05W3474 9965 000 23826 33Ω 1 05W3475 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3476 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3478 4822 116 82805 1Ω 5 017W3479 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53480 4822 051 20393 39kΩ 5 01W3481 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3483 9965 000 12626 10mΩ 5 017W3485 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3486 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3487 4822 051 20333 33kΩ 5 01W3488 9965 000 15044 15k 5 016W3489 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3490 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3491 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3492 4822 117 10965 18kΩ 1 01W3493 9965 000 27223 NFR 18R 13W -53495 9965 000 17636 33Ω 5 017W3497 9965 000 14056 390Ω 5 017W3498 4822 111 31023 47k 5 016W3499 4822 051 20273 27kΩ 5 01W3500 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3501 9965 000 23775 33mΩ 05W3502 9965 000 27041 NTC 47R -203503 9965 000 27653 RES 100R 110W -53506 9965 000 23746 330kΩ 025W3508 9965 000 23774 15mΩ 05W3509 9965 000 25987 RSR 220R 12W +-103510 9965 000 27325 SPG301LB3519 4822 111 31036 33k 5 016W3520 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3522 4822 051 20334 330kΩ 5 01W3523 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53525 4822 051 20102 1kΩ 5 01W3526 9965 000 23785 015Ω 5 1W3527 9965 000 27318 NFR 100R 13W -53528 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3541 9965 000 17480 470Ω 5 01W3542 4822 117 11139 15kΩ 1 01W3543 9965 000 23773 82kΩ 1 05W3544 9965 000 23772 68kΩ 1 05W3545 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053547 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3548 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3549 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3580 9965 000 13180 47kΩ 5 01W3581 4822 051 20569 56Ω 5 01W3601 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053602 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053603 9965 000 12515 22k 5 016W3604 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3605 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3606 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3607 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053618 9965 000 20378 RST 1K 16W +-13619 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3620 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3621 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3624 9965 000 14050 10k 5 016W3634 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3641 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3642 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053643 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053644 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3645 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053646 4822 051 20105 1MΩ 5 01W3681 4822 117 11454 820Ω 1 01W3682 4822 117 13629 120Ω 1 01W 08053683 4822 051 20121 120Ω 5 01W3685 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053686 4822 117 11452 430Ω 1 01W3687 4822 117 11449 22kΩ 5 01W 08053688 4822 117 13528 200Ω 1 0125W 08053693 9965 000 12549 220Ω 55 016W3694 4822 117 11145 47kΩ 1 01W3861 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3862 4822 116 83933 15kΩ 1 01W3863 4822 051 20122 12kΩ 5 01W3864 4822 117 11373 100Ω 1 08053865 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3866 9965 000 14049 100Ω 5 016W3867 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3901 9965 000 12519 1k 5 016W3902 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3903 4822 051 20472 47kΩ 5 01W3904 4822 117 12955 27kΩ 1 01W 0805

3904 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3905 4822 051 20332 23kΩ 5 01W3906 9965 000 17505 10kΩ 5 01W3907 9965 000 17481 82kΩ 5 01W3911 4822 117 10837 100kΩ 1 01W3981 4822 117 11504 270Ω 1 01W3982 9965 000 15050 270Ω 5 016W4300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4303 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4306 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4405 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4410 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4411 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4412 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4413 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4414 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4423 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4444 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4461 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4465 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4490 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4491 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4494 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4498 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4499 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4501 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4619 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4634 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4640 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4852 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4862 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4865 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4922 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4924 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4981 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4983 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

5002 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5003 9965 000 23793 022 UH +-105004 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95201 9965 000 23768 47 UH +-105203 9965 000 27642 DEGAUSSING COIL5203 9965 000 27688 DEGAUSSING COIL5213 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5214 9965 000 27643 SPEAKER5401 9965 000 24210 27UH L270A-HA5421 9965 000 23750 TRANS HOR DRIVE5441 9965 000 23751 LOT JF0501-19255R5441 9965 000 23823 LOT JF0501-19276R5482 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105502 9965 000 23781 LINE FILTER5509 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5520 9965 000 27654 SMD 00022uF 50V5521 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5560 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5561 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95562 9965 000 23760 FERR BEAD LB35X1X95563 9965 000 23780 27 UH SPT0406A-270K5601 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105602 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105603 9965 000 23769 56 UH +-105604 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-5861 9965 000 14082 10UH +-105862 9965 000 17576 BF-I35045W-

6001 9965 000 15716 33V 5 05W6181 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V86301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B6422 9335 214 80133 BYV97G6423 9340 255 30135 BAS2166424 9340 255 30135 BAS2166425 9340 255 30135 BAS2166426 9340 255 30135 BAS2166444 4822 130 80931 EGP20D6445 9340 255 30135 BAS2166446 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6447 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6451 9340 255 30135 BAS2166452 9340 255 30135 BAS2166453 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336460 9340 255 30135 BAS2166461 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6462 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR6463 9965 000 13880 DIODE FR104-B OR

6464 9340 255 30135 BAS2166481 9340 255 30135 BAS2166491 9965 000 23761 BAV70LT16492 3198 020 55680 BZX384-C5V66500 9965 000 15164 RL2556501 9965 000 15164 RL2556502 9965 000 15164 RL2556503 9965 000 15164 RL2556520 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6522 4822 130 41601 BYV95A6540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16560 9965 000 09663 SR3606561 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16562 9322 192 67682 BYW76-PK16580 4822 130 30621 1N41486624 9340 255 30135 BAS2166625 4822 130 34382 BZX79-B8V26625 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106626 9340 255 30135 BAS2166627 9340 255 30135 BAS2166628 9340 255 30135 BAS2166681 9340 255 30135 BAS2166692 9965 000 23741 IR ISOP348VI1B6908 9965 000 23738 BZX384-C2V76909 4822 130 30621 1N4148

7200 9965 000 24629 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1450 L03UN11

7200 9965 000 25986 IC TDA9377PSN2AI1449 L03UM11

7201 5322 130 60159 BC846B7202 5322 130 60159 BC846B7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF4237421 9322 183 16687 BUL312FP7422 4822 130 42804 BC817-257423 5322 130 60845 BC807-257440 9965 000 22888 BF4237451 4822 130 60373 BC856B7461 4822 130 60373 BC856B7462 4822 130 60373 BC856B7463 4822 130 44461 BC546B7464 9965 000 27222 2SD669A-C7465 9965 000 27257 2SB649A-C7466 5322 130 60159 BC846B7491 5322 130 60159 BC846B7493 4822 209 16978 LF33CV7494 4822 130 40981 BC337-257496 4822 130 41109 BD135-167515 9965 000 22899 PS2561L1-1-V7520 9352 720 43118 TEA1506TN17521 9322 194 20687 STP5NK50ZFP7523 4822 130 60373 BC856B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7580 5322 130 60159 BC846B7601 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7641 9965 000 22895 M24C167861 9965 000 23835 TDA9853H7901 9322 181 41682 AN7522N7902 9322 181 42682 AN7523N

CRT Panel [B]

Various

1301 9965 000 27640 SOCKET CRT

13

2300 9965 000 17527 330pF 5 50V2301 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2302 9965 000 23806 390pF 5 50V2303 9965 000 22813 10nF 10 2kV2304 9965 000 23805 220nF5 250V

3300 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3301 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-10

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 41: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Spare Parts List EN 41L032L AA 10

3303 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053304 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3305 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103307 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053308 9965 000 23309 18kΩ 5 3W3309 9965 000 24633 RST 15K 12W +-103311 4822 117 13577 330Ω 1 125W 08053313 9965 000 27252 NFR 68R 13W -53318 9965 000 27639 NFR 220R 12W -53319 9965 000 24633 15K 12W +-104300 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4301 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4302 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4304 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W4305 9965 000 17478 0Ω 5 01W

6301 9340 255 30135 BAS2166307 9340 255 30135 BAS2166318 4822 130 10837 UDZS82B

7308 4822 130 41782 BF4227310 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41782 BF4227314 9965 000 22888 BF4237315 4822 130 41782 BF4227316 9965 000 22888 BF4237317 4822 130 41782 BF4227318 9965 000 22888 BF423

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List
Page 42: Philips 14 pt3005 55 chasis l03.2l_aa

Revision ListEN 42 L032L AA11

11 Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx1bull Minor updates

ndash Textndash IC Data sheet deletedndash Mapping CRT bottom side corrected

  • Contents
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • 121 Front Connections
            • Figure 1-1 Front connections
            • Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
            • Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
              • 122 Rear Connections
                • Figure 1-2 Rear connections
                • FM Ant
                    • 13 Chassis Overview
                      • Figure 1-3 Chassis overview
                          • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                            • 21 Safety Instructions
                            • 22 Maintenance Instructions
                            • 23 Warnings
                              • Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
                                • 24 Notes
                                  • 241 General
                                  • 242 Schematic Notes
                                  • 243 Lead Free Solder
                                    • Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
                                      • 244 Practical Service Precautions
                                          • 3 Directions for Use
                                          • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                            • 41 Rear Cover Removal
                                            • 42 Service Position Main Panel
                                              • Figure 4-1 Service Position
                                                • 43 Rear Cover Mounting
                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                    • 52 Service Modes
                                                      • Table 5-1 SW Cluster
                                                      • 521 Service Default Alignment Mode (SDAM)
                                                        • Purpose
                                                        • Specifications
                                                          • Table 5-2 SDM default settings
                                                            • How to enter SDAM
                                                              • Figure 5-1 SDAM menu
                                                                • How to navigate
                                                                • How to store settings
                                                                • How to exit
                                                                    • 53 Problems and Solving Tips
                                                                      • 531 Picture Problems
                                                                        • No colors noise in picture
                                                                        • Colors not correct unstable picture
                                                                        • Picture too dark or too bright
                                                                        • White line around picture elements and text
                                                                        • Snowy picture
                                                                        • Snowy picture andor unstable picture
                                                                        • Black and white picture
                                                                        • Menu text not sharp enough
                                                                          • 532 Sound Problems
                                                                            • No sound or sound too loud (after channel change switching on)
                                                                                • 54 ComPair
                                                                                  • 541 Introduction
                                                                                  • 542 Specifications
                                                                                  • 543 How to Connect ComPair
                                                                                    • Figure 5-2 ComPair connection
                                                                                      • 544 How to Order
                                                                                      • 545 Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 546 How To Read the Error Buffer
                                                                                      • 547 How to Clear the Error Buffer
                                                                                        • 55 Error Codes
                                                                                          • Table 5-3 Error Code Table
                                                                                            • 56 The Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                            • 57 Protections
                                                                                            • 58 Repair Tips
                                                                                              • 6 Block Diagrams Testpoint Overviews and Waveforms
                                                                                                • Block Diagram
                                                                                                • I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
                                                                                                • Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier and CRT Panel
                                                                                                  • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Power Supply
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Deflection
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Tuner IF
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Video Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio - BTSC Stereo Decoder
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
                                                                                                    • Mono Carrier Front IO + Front Control + Headphone
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
                                                                                                    • CRT Panel
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                    • Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                      • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                        • 81 General Alignment Conditions
                                                                                                        • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                          • Figure 8-1 Top view mono carrier
                                                                                                          • 821 Vg2 Adjustment
                                                                                                            • Figure 8-2 V_cutoff
                                                                                                            • Table 8-1 Vg2 alignment values
                                                                                                              • 822 Focusing
                                                                                                                • 83 Software Alignments and Settings
                                                                                                                  • 831 OPTIONS
                                                                                                                    • How to Change an Option Byte
                                                                                                                    • How to Calculate the Value of an Option Byte
                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-3 Option Byte calculation
                                                                                                                      • Table 8-2 Options settings
                                                                                                                        • Option Bit Assignment
                                                                                                                        • Option bit description
                                                                                                                          • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                              • 832 Tuner
                                                                                                                                • IFPLL
                                                                                                                                • AGC (AGC take over point)
                                                                                                                                • SL (Slicing Level)
                                                                                                                                • CL (Cathode Drive Level)
                                                                                                                                  • 833 White Tone
                                                                                                                                  • 834 Geometry
                                                                                                                                    • Introduction
                                                                                                                                      • Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Horizontal Alignments
                                                                                                                                      • Vertical Alignments
                                                                                                                                        • Methods of Adjustment
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal Phase
                                                                                                                                          • Horizontal and Vertical Shift Offset for NTSC (TriNorma and PAL chassis)
                                                                                                                                            • Table 8-3 Default geometry values
                                                                                                                                              • 835 AUDIO
                                                                                                                                                • ILA (Input Level Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • LSA (Low Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                • HSA (High Separation Alignment)
                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions List of Abbreviations and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                      • 921 Switching Function for Stereo IO
                                                                                                                                                        • Audio Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                          • 922 Switching Function for Mono IO
                                                                                                                                                            • Video Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                            • Audio Source Selection
                                                                                                                                                                • 93 Audio
                                                                                                                                                                  • 931 Processing
                                                                                                                                                                  • 932 Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                  • 933 AVL (Automatic Volume Limiting)
                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-1 AVL timing diagram
                                                                                                                                                                      • 934 Mute
                                                                                                                                                                        • 94 Video
                                                                                                                                                                        • 95 Synchronization
                                                                                                                                                                        • 96 Deflection
                                                                                                                                                                        • 97 Power Supply
                                                                                                                                                                          • 971 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                          • 972 Derived Voltages
                                                                                                                                                                            • 98 Control
                                                                                                                                                                              • 981 I2C-Bus
                                                                                                                                                                              • 982 User Interface
                                                                                                                                                                              • 983 IO Selection
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS1
                                                                                                                                                                                • STATUS2
                                                                                                                                                                                • SEL_AV1_AV2
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 984 Power Supply Control
                                                                                                                                                                                    • STD_CON
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Figure 9-2 Block diagram of power supply interface with UOC
                                                                                                                                                                                        • PW_ADJ
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 985 Protection Events
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Deflection protections
                                                                                                                                                                                            • I2C protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                • 99 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 10 Spare Parts List
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 11 Revision List